Harman BE2828 Automotive Infotainment Unit with Bluetooth/WLAN User Manual

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	3388251
Application ID	t54YQnPBVLNuNGA/TqfKww==
Document Description	Users Manual
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	480.43kB (6005313 bits)
Date Submitted	2017-05-12 00:00:00
Date Available	2017-11-09 00:00:00
Creation Date	2017-05-11 23:34:33
Producing Software	GPL Ghostscript 9.05
Document Lastmod	2017-05-11 23:34:33
Document Title	18_GMC_Terrain_IM_U_en_US_23465188A_2017APR12_HI_ FCC DRAFT Rev.pdf
Document Creator	PDFCreator Version 1.3.2
Document Author:	HjijIma

Contents
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 371
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 361
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 165
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 157
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 108
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 28
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 23194369 A First Printing
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Company” for
GMC Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the
GMC Truck Emblem, TERRAIN, and
DENALI are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
©
As with other vehicles of this type,
failure to operate this vehicle
correctly may result in loss of
control or an accident. Be sure to
read the driving guidelines in this
manual in the section called “Driving
and Operating” and specifically
Driver Behavior 0 166, Driving
Environment 0 166, and Vehicle
Design 0 166.
About Driving the Vehicle
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Using this Manual
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA
2017 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Propriétaires Canadiens
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:
Canadian Vehicle Owners
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner’s manual.
Introduction
Introduction
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.
Caution
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.
{ Warning
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.
{ Danger
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
Danger, Warning, and
Caution
information on another page —
“see page.”
0 : Shown when there is more
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
manual has additional instructions
or information.
M : Shown when the owner’s
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
Symbols
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Changer
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
# : Air Conditioning
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
` : Do Not Puncture
^ : Do Not Service
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. See the
features in this manual for
information.
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Introduction
Introduction
: : Oil Pressure
O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Seat Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Vehicle Features
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Initial Drive Information
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Instrument Panel
In Brief
22
22
23
23
22
22
21
21
21
22
22
21
20
20
20
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel (LYX - 1.5L L4 Turbo
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel (LTG - 2.0L L4 Turbo
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
25
25
25
24
24
Performance and Maintenance
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . .
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . .
Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . .
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Parking
Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Remote System . . . . .
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . .
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . .
Diesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . . . .
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In Brief
27
26
26
27
25
In Brief
Instrument Panel
10. Power Outlets 0 112.
9. Front Shift Console. See
Automatic Transmission 0 199.
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 160 (If Equipped).
8. Climate Control Systems 0 158
(If Equipped).
7. Hazard Warning Flashers
0 152.
6. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 151.
5. Infotainment 0 157.
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 109.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Display. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 134.
3. Instrument Cluster 0 117.
IntelliBeam System Button (If
Equipped). See Exterior Lamp
Controls 0 149.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change Signals
0 152.
1. Air Vents 0 163.
20. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 109 (Out of View).
19. Horn 0 109.
18. Steering Wheel Controls. See
the infotainment manual.
17. ENGINE START/STOP Button.
See Ignition Positions 0 182.
Auxiliary Jack. See the
infotainment manual.
16. USB Port. See the infotainment
manual.
Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 211 (If Equipped).
15. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 229
(If Equipped).
14. Driver Mode Control 0 212
(If Equipped).
13. Wireless Charging 0 113
(If Equipped).
12. Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 62 (If Equipped).
11. Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing 0 218
(If Equipped).
Fog Lamps 0 153
(If Equipped).
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 153.
25. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 149.
24. Electric Parking Brake 0 206.
23. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 125.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 223 (If Equipped).
Heated Steering Wheel 0 109
(If Equipped).
22. Cruise Control 0 215.
21. Hood Release. See Hood
0 256.
In Brief
In Brief
When the brakes are applied and
the vehicle is at a complete stop,
the engine may turn off. When the
brake pedal is released or the
accelerator pedal is pushed, the
engine will restart. The engine may
restart even while the brake is
applied. See Starting the Engine
0 184.
or all doors depending on the
vehicle personalization settings.
Q : Press to lock all doors.
K : Press to unlock the driver door
Press the key release button near
the bottom of the transmitter to
remove the key. The key can be
used for the driver door.
With Remote Start Shown
Q on the
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.
Starting the Vehicle
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
Remote Vehicle Start
See Keys 0 28 and Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
Stop/Start System
The vehicle may have a fuel saving
STOP/START system to shut off the
engine and help conserve fuel.
close the liftgate. Press once to stop
the liftgate from moving.
Press and hold 7 for three seconds
to sound the panic alarm. Press
again to cancel the panic alarm.
initiate vehicle locator.
7 : Press and release one time to
See Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.
b : Press twice quickly to open or
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter may be used to lock and
unlock the doors from up to 60 m
(197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner’s manual.
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
Initial Drive
Information
K : Press to unlock the doors.
See Door Locks 0 37.
Door Locks
To lock or unlock the vehicle from
the outside, press Q or K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.
Press the button on the driver door
when the RKE transmitter is within
1 m (3 ft). When unlocking from the
driver door, the first press unlocks
that door; press again within
Keyless Access
To manually unlock a door from
inside the vehicle, pull once on the
door handle to unlock it, and a
second time to open it.
indicator light in the switch will
illuminate when activated.
Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
Q : Press to lock the doors. The
Manual Liftgate Operation
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
Do not press the touch pad while
closing the liftgate. This may cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.
To open the liftgate, press the touch
pad on the bottom of the liftgate and
lift up.
Unlock the vehicle before opening
the liftgate.
Liftgate
Canceling a Remote Start
Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
five seconds to unlock all passenger
doors. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 29.
Remote start can be extended.
In Brief
In Brief
See Liftgate 0 41.
Choose the power liftgate mode by
turning the dial on the switch to
either the 3/4 or MAX position.
Press 8 to open or close the
liftgate.
On vehicles with a power liftgate,
the vehicle must be in P (Park) to
use the power feature. The taillamps
flash when the power liftgate
moves.
Power Liftgate Operation
10
See Liftgate 0 41.
To operate, kick your foot straight up
in one swift motion under the rear
bumper between the left exhaust
pipe and the license plate, then pull
it back.
The liftgate will not operate if the
RKE transmitter is not within
1 m (3 ft).
Hands-Free Liftgate
The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time.
Using the window switch, press to
open or pull to close the window.
The power windows work when the
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active.
Windows
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
handle.
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
To adjust a manual seat:
Manual Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
See Seat Adjustment 0 57.
Move the lever up or down to
manually raise or lower the seat.
Seat Height Adjuster
11
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback
returns to the upright position.
To return the seatback to an upright
position:
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, then release
the lever to lock the seatback
in place.
1. Lift the lever.
To recline the manual seatback:
Reclining Seatbacks
In Brief
In Brief
To adjust a power driver seat,
if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
Power Driver Seat
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 58.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
12
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 58.
To recline a power seatback,
if equipped:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 57.
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 58.
If equipped, press and hold the front
or rear of the control to increase or
decrease lumbar support.
Lumbar Adjustment
Before storing, adjust all available
memory feature positions. Turn the
ignition on and then press and
release SET; a beep will sound.
Then immediately press and hold 1,
If equipped, memory seats allow two
drivers to store and recall their
unique seat positions for driving the
vehicle, and a shared exit position
for getting out of the vehicle. Other
feature positions may also be set,
such as power mirrors, if equipped.
Memory positions are linked to RKE
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic
memory recalls.
Memory Features
When Easy Exit Options is enabled
in vehicle personalization, the
feature automatically recalls the
current driver’s previously stored
exit position when exiting the
vehicle. See Memory Seats 0 59.
When Auto Memory Recall is
enabled in vehicle personalization,
positions previously stored to
memory buttons 1 and 2 are
recalled when the ignition is
changed from off to on or ACC/
ACCESSORY.
2, or B (Exit) on the driver door
until two beeps sound. To manually
recall these positions, press and
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved
position is reached.
13
Press J or z to heat the driver or
passenger cushion and seatback.
Press I or +, if equipped, to heat
the driver or passenger
seatback only.
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center console. To operate, the
engine must be running.
Heated and Ventilated
Seats
In Brief
In Brief
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 62.
Press the heated or ventilated
button once for the highest setting.
With each press of the button, the
heated or ventilated seat will
change to the next lower setting,
and then to the off setting. The
lights indicate three for the highest
setting and one for the lowest.
Press C or {, if equipped, to
ventilate the driver or passenger
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
that pulls or pushes air through the
seat. The air is not cooled.
14
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
0 68.
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 69.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 93.
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
seat belts properly:
. Seat Belts 0 67.
Seat Belts
See Head Restraints 0 55 and Seat
Adjustment 0 57.
The passenger airbag status
indicator will light on the overhead
console when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 124.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 80.
Passenger Sensing
System
Adjust the rearview mirror to clearly
view the area behind the vehicle.
Adjustment
Interior
See Power Mirrors 0 49.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
1. Press j or | to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
To adjust the mirrors:
Exterior
Mirror Adjustment
Vehicles with an automatic dimming
inside rearview mirror automatically
reduce the glare of the headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started. See Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror 0 50.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
For vehicles with a manual rearview
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid the glare of
the headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror 0 50.
Manual Rearview Mirror
15
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
1. Pull the lever down.
To adjust the steering wheel:
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
In Brief
In Brief
dome lamps when a door is open.
An indicator light on the button will
turn on when the dome lamp
override is activated. Press j
OFF again to deactivate this feature
and the indicator light will turn off.
The dome lamps will come on when
doors are opened.
j OFF : Press to turn off the
To operate, press the following
buttons:
The dome lamp controls are in the
overhead console.
Dome Lamps
Interior Lighting
16
Press the lamp lenses to turn the
front reading lamps on or off.
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
Front Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps on the
overhead console and over the rear
passenger doors. These lamps
come on when any door is opened.
Reading Lamps
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome
lamps on manually.
For more information on interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 153.
Press the lamp lens to turn the rear
passenger reading lamps on or off.
Rear Reading Lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on
and off automatically depending on
outside lighting.
In Canada, the headlamps will
automatically reactivate when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn
to O again to reactivate the
AUTO mode.
O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
There are four positions.
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering column.
Exterior Lighting
HI : Use for fast wipes.
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is on the side of the steering
column. With the ignition on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY, move the
windshield wiper lever to select the
wiper speed.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 149
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
0 151
. Fog Lamps 0 153
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
17
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
f : Pull the windshield wiper
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the
band up for more frequent wipes or
down for less frequent wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
In Brief
In Brief
See Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 109 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer 0 110.
lever forward to spray washer fluid
on the rear window. The lever
automatically returns to its original
position when released.
1 : Push the windshield wiper
ON : Slow wipes.
INT : Intermittent wipes.
OFF : Turns the system off.
Turn the end of the windshield wiper
lever to operate the rear window
wiper/washer.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer
18
6. Rear Window Defogger
7. Air Recirculation
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Defrost
5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
1. Fan Control
Climate Control System
The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled
with these systems.
Climate Controls
11. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
See Climate Control Systems 0 158
(If Equipped) or Dual Automatic
Climate Control System 0 160
(If Equipped).
4. Fan Control
5. Defrost
7. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
6. Passenger Temperature
Control
10. Air Recirculation
9. Power Button
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
8. Rear Window Defogger
1. Driver Temperature Control
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
19
2. Press the plus/minus button on
the front shift console to
increase or decrease the gear
range available.
1. Press the L (Low) button.
To use this feature:
ERS or manual mode allows for the
selection of the range of gear
positions. Use this mode when
driving downhill to limit the top gear
and vehicle speed. See Manual
Mode 0 204.
Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
Transmission
In Brief
In Brief
The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering
wheel controls. See "Steering
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
manual.
Steering Wheel Controls
See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings.
Infotainment System
Vehicle Features
20
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press to resume that
speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
* : Press to disengage cruise
system on and off. A white indicator
comes on in the instrument cluster
when cruise is turned on.
J : Press to turn the cruise control
Cruise Control
down in a list.
w or x : Press to move up or
The DIC display is in the instrument
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems.
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
See Cruise Control 0 215.
−SET : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 223.
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
vehicle too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134.
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
V : Press to open a menu or select
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.
o or p : Press to move between
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane
marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert as the lane marking is crossed.
The system will not assist or alert if
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
See Forward Automatic Braking
(FAB) 0 225.
If the vehicle has Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
vehicle. This can help avoid or
lessen the severity of crashes when
driving in a forward gear.
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB)
21
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
0 227 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)
0 227.
If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding lane change
crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding
outside mirror and will flash if the
turn signal is on. The Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system is
included as part of the LCA system.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 229 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
0 229.
it detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
camera to detect lane markings
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
180 km/h (112 mph).
In Brief
In Brief
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 218.
The RVC displays a view of the
area behind the vehicle on the
infotainment display when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
aid with parking and low-speed
backing maneuvers.
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
See “Front Vision Camera” under
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 218.
If equipped, a view of the area in
front of the vehicle displays on the
infotainment display to aid with
parking and low-speed maneuvers.
Front Vision Camera
See “Surround Vision” under
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 218.
If equipped, views around the
vehicle display in the infotainment
display to aid with parking and
low-speed maneuvers.
Surround Vision
22
The vehicle may also have the Front
Parking Assist system.
If equipped, Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
rear bumper to assist with parking
and avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
show a warning triangle on the
infotainment display and a graphic
on the instrument cluster to provide
the object distance. In addition,
multiple beeps or seat pulses may
occur if very close to an object.
Parking Assist
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 218.
Automatic Parking
Assist (APA)
If equipped, the RCTA system uses
a triangle with an arrow on the
infotainment display to warn of
traffic behind your vehicle that may
cross your vehicle's path while in
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
sound, or the driver seat will pulse.
There are power outlets:
. On the center stack below the
climate control system.
. In the rear cargo area.
The vehicle has two 12-volt
accessory power outlets, which can
be used to plug in electrical
equipment, such as a cell phone or
MP3 player.
Power Outlets
See “Automatic Parking Assist
(APA)” under Assistance Systems
for Parking or Backing 0 218.
If equipped, the APA system helps
to search for and maneuver the
vehicle into parallel or perpendicular
parking spots using automatic
steering, DIC displays, and beeps.
When the vehicle speed is below
30 km/h (18 mph), press O to
enable the system.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 218.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) System
See Universal Remote System
0 145.
If equipped, the Universal Remote
System allows for garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices to be
programmed to work with these
buttons in the vehicle.
Universal Remote System
See Power Outlets 0 112.
To use the outlet, remove the cover.
Vent : From the closed position,
press e (1) to vent the sunroof.
Sunshade Switch
Express-open/Express-close : To
express-open the sunshade, fully
press and release r (2). To
Sunroof Switch
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release e (1). Press
the switch again to stop it. To
Comfort Stop : The sunroof has a
comfort stop feature that stops the
sunroof from opening fully. Press
and release the rear of g to open
the sunroof to the comfort open
position. Pressing the rear of g
again will open the sunroof fully.
If the sunshade is not fully open
when the comfort stop feature is
pressed the second time, the
sunshade will open fully.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and hold
e (1) until the sunroof reaches
the desired position. Press and hold
g (1) to close it.
express-close the sunroof, fully
press and release g (1). Press
the switch again to stop it.
23
If equipped, the sunroof only
operates when the ignition is on or
in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 188.
1. Sunroof Switch
2. Sunshade Switch
Sunroof
In Brief
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The Traction Control System (TCS)
limits wheel slip. The system is on
when the vehicle is started.
Open/Close : To open the
sunshade, press and hold r (2)
until the sunshade reaches the
desired position.
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
Tire Pressure Monitor
TCS and StabiliTrak can be turned
off or on using the Driver
Information Center (DIC) controls.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 208.
The StabiliTrak system assists with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The
system is on when the vehicle is
started.
Performance and
Maintenance
In Brief
express-close the sunshade, fully
press and release s (2) . Press
the switch again to stop it.
24
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 177. The
warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.
Use only unleaded gasoline rated
87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
Do not use gasoline with an octane
rating lower as it may result in
vehicle damage and lower fuel
economy. See Fuel (Gasoline)
0 231.
Regular Fuel
Fuel (LYX - 1.5L L4 Turbo
Engine)
This feature provides visual and
audible alerts outside the vehicle to
help when inflating an underinflated
tire to the recommended cold tire
pressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (If
Equipped)” under Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 302.
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 301.
Use of diesel fuel with ultra low
sulfur content (15 ppm, maximum) is
required. See Fuel for Diesel
Engines 0 233.
Fuel (Diesel)
Use premium 93 octane unleaded
gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded
gasoline with an octane rating as
low as 87 may be used, but it will
reduce performance and fuel
economy. See Fuel (Gasoline)
0 231.
Premium Recommended Fuel
Fuel (LTG - 2.0L L4 Turbo
Engine)
25
1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE
on the DIC menu. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
Resetting the Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message when it is time
to change the engine oil and filter.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
change.
Engine Oil Life System
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater
than E15 (15% ethanol by volume),
such as E85, cannot be used in this
vehicle.
No E85 or FlexFuel
E85 or FlexFuel
In Brief
In Brief
See Engine Oil Life System 0 267.
4. If the display changes to 100%,
the system is reset.
3. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
2. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE
on the DIC menu. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
1. Place the ignition in Service
Mode. See Ignition Positions
0 182.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
3. REMAINING OIL LIFE 100%
will be displayed when the oil
life system is successfully
reset.
2. Press and hold V for several
seconds while the Oil Life
display is active to reset the Oil
Life system.
26
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
. Combine several trips into a
single trip.
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Depending on a number of factors
monitored by the engine computer,
the DPF will need to be cleaned of
accumulated solids. When a
cleaning is needed, the engine
computer will initiate a cleaning
action by warming the exhaust gas
temperature. This feature has been
designed to operate automatically,
with limited operator involvement or
awareness.
The engine is equipped with a
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) that
will filter or trap particulates. The
DPF is under the vehicle in the
exhaust system.
Diesel Particulate Filter
Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
If the vehicle continues to be driven
in a manner that prevents effective
DPF cleaning, the DPF will become
plugged. If this occurs, the engine
computer will turn on the
malfunction indicator lamp in the
instrument cluster and a DIC
message will display.
If the vehicle is used for numerous
short trips or extended slow-speed
operation, the engine computer may
not be able to clean the DPF
effectively. If this happens, a Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
will display.
Special DPF Driver Messages
While the DPF cleaning is
automatically controlled by the
engine computer, the vehicle will
need to operate continuously for
approximately 25 minutes and at
speeds greater than
50 km/h (30 mph) to clean the DPF
effectively.
Cleaning the DPF (Exhaust
Filter)
DEF can be purchased at a GMC
dealer. It can also be purchased at
authorized vehicle dealerships.
Additionally, some diesel fueling
stations or retailers may have DEF.
For vehicles with an active OnStar
subscription, OnStar can help to
locate a DEF retailer. See Customer
Assistance Offices 0 363 for phone
numbers to assist you in contacting
a GM dealer. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 353.
Locating Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is used
with diesel engines to reduce the
amount of regulated emissions
produced. The DEF system must be
maintained for the vehicle to run
properly. It is normal to hear the
DEF system purge fluid back into
the tank after the vehicle is shut off.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
See Diesel Particulate Filter 0 193,
Fuel for Diesel Engines 0 233 and
Engine Oil 0 263.
27
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 365.
New GMC owners are automatically
enrolled in the Roadside Assistance
Program.
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
U.S.: 1-888-881-3302
Roadside Assistance
Program
As the DEF tank becomes low on
fluid, warnings begin with
approximately 1 600 km (1,000 mi)
of remaining range. These warnings
will increase in intensity as the tank
becomes empty. Once the tank is
empty, the vehicle speed will be
limited. If there is an issue with the
quality of the fluid or the exhaust
fluid system, warnings will be
displayed in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Diesel Exhaust
Fluid 0 194.
In Brief
46
46
47
47
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Exterior Mirrors
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Security
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Doors
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 35
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 40
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Keys and Locks
49
49
49
49
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Roof
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Windows
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 50
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 50
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Interior Mirrors
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
28
{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the RKE transmitter
in the vehicle, and children or
others could be caught in the path
of a closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Keys
Keys and Locks
The key, inside the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter, is used for
the driver door.
If there is a decrease in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
range:
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 371.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 375.
Contact Roadside Assistance if
locked out of the vehicle. See
Roadside Assistance Program
0 365.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
To remove the key, press the button
near the bottom of the transmitter,
and pull the key out. Never pull the
key out without pressing the button.
Keep in mind that other conditions,
such as those previously stated, can
impact the performance of the
transmitter.
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
“Keyless Access Operation”
following.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
29
Keys, Doors, and Windows
If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors will lock and then
the driver door will immediately
unlock, if enabled through vehicle
personalization. If the passenger
door is open when Q is pressed, all
doors lock.
signal indicators may flash and/or
the horn may sound on the second
press to indicate locking. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
Q : Press to lock all doors. The turn
/ : If equipped, press and release
Q and then immediately press and
hold / for at least four seconds to
On some models, pressing and
holding K will open all of the
windows, if enabled in vehicle
personalization.
Pressing K will disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 46.
Press unlock again within
five seconds to unlock all doors.
The RKE transmitter can be
programmed to unlock all doors on
the first button press. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 140. When
remotely unlocking the vehicle at
night the fog lamps and back-up
lamps will come on for about
20 seconds to light your approach to
the vehicle. The turn signal
indicators may flash to indicate
unlocking. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
K : Press to unlock the driver door.
Pressing Q may also arm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 46.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
With Remote Start Shown, Without
Similar
30
With the Keyless Access system,
you can lock and unlock the doors
and access the liftgate without
removing the RKE transmitter from
your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.
The RKE transmitter should be
within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door
being opened.
Keyless Access Operation
Press once to stop the liftgate from
moving.
close the liftgate.
b : Press twice quickly to open or
initiate vehicle locator. The exterior
lamps flash and the horn chirps
three times. Press and hold 7 for
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The horn sounds and the
turn signal lamps flash for
30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed
again or the vehicle is started.
7 : Press and release one time to
start the engine from outside the
vehicle using the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
the driver door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on the driver door
handle will unlock the driver door.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all
passenger doors will unlock.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door
If equipped with memory seats, RKE
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to
the seating positions of memory 1 or
2. See Memory Seats 0 59.
Keyless Access can be
programmed to unlock all doors on
the first lock/unlock press from the
driver door. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
. It has been more than
five seconds since the first lock/
unlock button press.
. Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed.
Driver Shown, Passenger Similar
31
If other electronic devices interfere
with the RKE transmitter signal, the
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
doors may lock with the RKE
If equipped with Keyless Access,
this vehicle will lock several
seconds after all doors are closed if
the vehicle is off and at least one
RKE transmitter has been removed
or none remain in the interior.
Passive Locking
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
the door handle, pressing the lock/
unlock button on that door handle
will unlock all doors. Pressing the
lock/unlock button will cause all
doors to lock if any of the following
occur:
. The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
Passenger Doors
Keys, Doors, and Windows
When the vehicle is turned off and
an RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle, the horn will chirp three
times after all doors are closed. To
turn on or off, see Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Temporarily disable passive locking
by pressing and holding K on the
interior door switch with a door open
for at least four seconds, or until
three chimes are heard. Passive
locking will then remain disabled
until Q on the interior door is
pressed, or until the vehicle is
turned on.
Temporary Disable of Passive
Locking Feature
To customize the doors to
automatically lock when exiting the
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
Start” under Vehicle Personalization
0 140.
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Each vehicle can have
up to eight transmitters matched
to it.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Press the touch pad on the liftgate
handle to open the liftgate if the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).
Keyless Liftgate Opening
If the vehicle is on, with a door
open, and then all doors are closed,
the vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is not detected, the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will
display NO REMOTE DETECTED
and the horn will chirp three times.
This occurs only once each time the
vehicle is driven.
Remote No Longer in Vehicle
Keys, Doors, and Windows
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
not leave the RKE transmitter in an
unattended vehicle.
32
2. Remove the key lock cylinder
cap on the driver door handle.
See Door Locks 0 37. Insert
the vehicle key of the new
1. Place the two recognized
transmitters in the cupholder.
To program, the vehicle must be off
and all of the transmitters, both
currently recognized and new, must
be with you.
A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
there are two recognized
transmitters.
Programming with Recognized
Transmitters
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
6. Remove the transmitter from
the cupholder and press K or
Q on the RKE transmitter.
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
When the transmitter is learned
the DIC display will show that it
is ready to program the next
transmitter.
4. Place the new transmitter into
the cupholder.
3. Remove the two recognized
transmitters from the
cupholder.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays READY FOR
REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.
transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the driver door
handle and turn the key,
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position five times within
10 seconds.
1. Remove the key lock cylinder
cap on the driver door handle.
See Door Locks 0 37. Insert
the vehicle key of the
transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the driver door
handle and turn the key,
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position five times within
10 seconds.
If two currently recognized
transmitters are not available, follow
this procedure to program up to
eight transmitters. This feature is
not available in Canada. This
procedure will take approximately
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle
must be off and all of the
transmitters you wish to program
must be with you.
Programming without Recognized
Transmitters
7. Put the key back into the
transmitter.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
33
The DIC display should now
show READY FOR REMOTE
# 1.
3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
times. After the third time all
previously known transmitters
will no longer work with the
vehicle. Remaining transmitters
can be relearned during the
next steps.
The DIC display will again
show REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN
and then press ENGINE
START/STOP.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays REMOTE
LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
6. Remove the transmitter from
the cupholder and press K or
Q on the RKE transmitter.
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
When the transmitter is learned
the DIC display will show that it
is ready to program the next
transmitter.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
To start the vehicle:
When the vehicle is started, if the
transmitter battery is weak, the DIC
may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
START YOUR VEHICLE. The
REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE
KEY message may also be
displayed at this time.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery
7. Put the key back into the
transmitter.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
4. Place the new transmitter into
the cupholder.
34
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.
Battery Replacement
Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral), press the brake
pedal and ENGINE
START/STOP.
1. Place the transmitter in the
cupholder.
1. Press the button on the side of
the transmitter to remove
the key.
To replace the battery:
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
Caution
6. Push together the transmitter.
5. Insert the new battery, positive
side toward the back cover.
Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.
4. Remove the battery.
3. Lift the battery with a flat
object.
2. Insert a flat, thin object in the
center of the transmitter to
separate and remove the back
cover.
35
Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
require a person using remote start
to have the vehicle in view. Check
local regulations for any
requirements.
If the vehicle has heated and
ventilated front seats, they may
come on during a remote start. See
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats
0 62.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear defog may
come on during remote start based
on cold ambient conditions. The
rear defog indicator light does not
come on during remote start.
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
/ : This button will be on the RKE
The vehicle may have this feature
that allows you to start the engine
from outside the vehicle.
Remote Vehicle Start
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Q on the
The engine will shut off after
10 minutes unless a time
extension is done or the
ignition is turned on.
3. Turn the ignition on before
driving.
The parking lamps will turn on
and remain on as long as the
engine is running. The
vehicle's doors will be locked.
2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash. The
turn signal lamps flashing
confirms the request to remote
start the vehicle has been
received.
1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
Turn the ignition on and then off.
Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
To shut off the engine:
Canceling a Remote Start
The vehicle must be started and
then turned off before the remote
start procedure can be used again.
A maximum of two remote starts or
a start with an extension are
allowed between ignition cycles.
For example, if the engine has been
running for 10 minutes, and
10 minutes are added, the engine
will run for a total of 20 minutes.
When the remote start is extended,
the second 10 minutes will be
added.
For a 10-minute extension, after
30 seconds repeat Steps 1 and 2
while the engine is still running. The
remote start can be extended once.
Extending Engine Run Time
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 29.
36
The engine coolant temperature
is too high.
The oil pressure is low.
Two remote vehicle starts or a
start with an extension have
already been used.
The vehicle is not in P (Park).
If the vehicle does not have the
remote vehicle start feature, it may
have the remote start ready feature.
This feature allows your dealer to
add the manufacturer's remote
vehicle start feature. See your
Remote Start Ready
There is an emission control
system malfunction.
The hazard warning flashers
are on.
The hood is not closed.
The remote vehicle start feature will
not operate if:
. A transmitter is in the vehicle.
Conditions in Which Remote Start
Will Not Work
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
. Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The doors
can be unlocked and
opened while the vehicle is
moving. The chance of
being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
seat belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
(Continued)
{ Warning
Door Locks
dealer to add the manufacturer's
remote vehicle start feature to the
vehicle.
Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.
Use the key in the driver door.
The key cylinder is covered with
a cap.
Press Q or K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 29.
To lock or unlock the door from
outside the vehicle:
Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
Warning (Continued)
Pull the door handle once to
unlock the door. Pull the handle
again to unlatch it.
If equipped, the RKE transmitter
must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
liftgate or door being opened. Press
the button on the door handle to
Keyless Access
Push down on a door lock knob
to lock a door.
Press Q or K on the power door
lock switch.
37
To lock or unlock the door from
inside the vehicle:
Keys, Doors, and Windows
2. Insert the key into the slot (3)
on the bottom of the cap (2)
and lift the key upward.
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the
open position and hold it open
until cap removal is complete.
To access the driver door key lock
cylinder:
Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder
Access (In Case of Dead
Battery)
2. Insert the two tabs (6) at the
back of the cap between the
seal (5) and the metal base (4).
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the
open position and hold it open
until cap installation is
complete.
To replace the cap:
4. Use the key in the cylinder.
3. Move the cap (2) rearward and
remove.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
open. See “Keyless Access
Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 29.
38
4. Release the door handle.
3. Slide the cap forward and
press the forward edge to
install the cap in place.
The door key lock cylinder turns
freely when either the wrong key is
used, or the correct key is not fully
inserted. The free-turning door lock
feature prevents the lock from being
forced open. To reset the lock, turn
it to the vertical position with the
correct key fully inserted. Remove
the key and insert it again. If this
does not reset the lock, turn the key
halfway around in the cylinder and
repeat the reset procedure.
Free-Turning Locks
5. Check that the cap is secure.
This feature delays the actual
locking of the doors until
five seconds after all doors are
closed.
Delayed Locking
K : Press to unlock the doors.
indicator light in the switch will
illuminate when activated.
Q : Press to lock the doors. The
Power Door Locks
39
Delayed locking can be
programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
Press Q on the door lock switch
again, or press Q on the RKE
transmitter, to override this feature
and lock the doors immediately.
The doors will then lock
automatically five seconds after all
doors are closed. If a door is
reopened before five seconds have
elapsed, the five-second timer will
reset once all the doors are closed
again.
When Q is pressed on the power
door lock switch with the door open,
a chime will sound three times
indicating that delayed locking is
active.
Delayed locking can only be turned
on when the Open Door
Anti-Lockout feature has been
turned off.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
If equipped with a manual
transmission, turn the vehicle off
when parked.
Automatic door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking
can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
Shift into P (Park).
Press K on the power door lock
switch.
To unlock the doors:
If a vehicle door is unlocked and
then opened and closed, the doors
will lock either when your foot is
removed from the brake or the
vehicle speed becomes faster than
13 km/h (8 mph).
If the ignition is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY and the power door
lock switch is pressed with the
driver door open, all the doors will
lock and only the driver door will
unlock.
The doors will lock automatically
when all doors are closed, the
ignition is on, and the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park) for automatic
transmissions, or when the vehicle
speed is above 13 km/h (8 mph) for
manual transmissions.
If Open Door Anti-Lockout is turned
on and the vehicle is off, the driver
door is open, and locking is
requested, all the doors will lock and
only the driver door will unlock. The
Open Door Anti-Lockout
Lockout Protection can be manually
overridden by pressing and holding
Q on the power door lock switch.
If the vehicle is off and locking is
requested while a door is open,
when all doors are closed the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is detected and the
number of RKE transmitters inside
has not reduced, the driver door will
unlock and the horn will chirp three
times.
Lockout Protection
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Automatic Door Locks
40
2. Close the door.
1. Move the lever down to the
lock position.
If equipped, the safety lock is on the
inside edge of the rear doors. To
use the safety lock:
Manual Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.
Safety Locks
Open Door Anti-Lockout feature can
be turned on or off. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
2. Move the lever up to unlock.
Do the same for the other door.
1. Unlock the door and open it
from the outside.
To cancel the safety lock:
When the safety lock is enabled,
adults and older children will not be
able to open the rear door from the
inside. Cancel the safety locks to
enable the doors to open from the
inside.
2. Open the door from the
outside.
1. Unlock the door by activating
the inside handle, by pressing
the power door lock switch,
or by using the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.
To open a rear door when the safety
lock is on:
3. Do the same for the other
rear door.
{ Warning
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows.
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
Liftgate
Doors
If the vehicle is equipped
with a power liftgate, disable
the power liftgate function.
To unlock the liftgate, press K on
the power door lock switch or
press K on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter twice within
five seconds. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
Manual Liftgate
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area
above and behind the liftgate is
clear before opening it.
Caution
See Engine Exhaust 0 192.
41
and set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.
Warning (Continued)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Always close the liftgate before
driving.
Use the pull cup to lower and close
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This
may cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area
above and behind the liftgate is
clear before opening it.
Caution
You or others could be injured if
caught in the path of the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one
in the way of the liftgate as it is
opening and closing.
{ Warning
Power Liftgate Operation
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To open the liftgate, press the touch
pad on the bottom of the liftgate and
lift up.
42
The modes are:
. MAX: Opens to maximum
height.
. 3/4: Opens to a reduced height
that can be set from 3/4 to fully
open. Use to prevent the liftgate
from opening into overhead
obstructions such as a garage
door or roof-mounted cargo. The
liftgate can be manually opened
all the way.
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is usually on the driver door.
The switch can also be on the
overhead console. The vehicle must
be in P (Park).
OFF: Opens manually only.
Press the touch pad on the
bottom of the liftgate after
unlocking all doors. If equipped
with Keyless Access, the RKE
transmitter must be within
1 m (3 ft).
Press 8 on the driver door.
The driver door must either be
unlocked or locked without the
security armed.
Press b twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter until the liftgate
moves.
To power open or close the liftgate,
select MAX or 3/4 mode.
Press l on the bottom of the
liftgate next to the pull cup to
close.
Press any liftgate button or the
touch pad while the liftgate is
moving to stop it. Pressing again
restarts the operation in the reverse
direction. The touch pad on the
liftgate handle cannot be used to
close the liftgate.
43
If the power liftgate automatically
closes after a power opening cycle,
it indicates that the system is
reacting to excess weight on the
Falling Liftgate Detection
If the vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park) while the power function is
in progress, the liftgate will continue
to completion. If the vehicle is
accelerated before the liftgate has
completed moving, the liftgate may
stop or reverse direction. Make sure
the liftgate is closed and latched
before driving.
The power liftgate may be
temporarily disabled under extreme
low temperatures, or after repeated
power cycling over a short period of
time. If this occurs, the liftgate can
still be operated manually.
Manually forcing the liftgate to
open or close during a power
cycle can damage the vehicle.
Allow the power cycle to
complete.
Caution
Keys, Doors, and Windows
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
during a power open or close cycle,
the liftgate will automatically reverse
direction and move a short distance
away from the obstacle. After
removing the obstruction, the power
liftgate operation can be used again.
If the liftgate encounters multiple
obstacles on the same power cycle,
the power function will deactivate.
Obstacle Detection Features
Interfering with the power liftgate
motion or manually closing the
liftgate too quickly after power
opening may resemble a support
strut failure. This could also activate
the falling liftgate detection feature.
Allow the liftgate to complete its
operation and wait a few seconds
before manually closing the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement at
the desired height by pressing
any liftgate switch. Manually
adjust the liftgate position if
needed.
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
power open the liftgate.
To change the position the liftgate
stops at when opening:
Setting the 3/4 Mode
Pinch sensors are on the side
edges of the liftgate. If an object is
caught between the liftgate and the
vehicle and presses against this
sensor, the liftgate will reverse
direction and open fully. The liftgate
will remain open until it is activated
again or closed manually.
If the vehicle is locked while the
liftgate is closing, and an obstacle is
encountered that prevents the
liftgate from completely closing, the
horn will sound as an alert that the
liftgate did not close.
After removing the obstructions,
manually close the liftgate which will
allow normal power operation
functions to resume.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
liftgate or a possible support strut
failure. A repetitive chime will sound
while the falling liftgate detection
feature is operating. Remove any
excess weight. If the liftgate
continues to automatically close
after opening, see your dealer for
service before using the power
liftgate.
44
The liftgate will not operate if the
RKE transmitter is not within
1 m (3 ft).
The liftgate may be operated with a
kicking motion under the rear
bumper between the left exhaust
pipe and the license plate.
Hands-Free Operation
Select OFF to manually operate the
liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the
beginning of this section.
Manual Operation of Power
Liftgate
The liftgate cannot be set below a
minimum programmable height.
If there is no light flash or sound,
then the height adjustment may be
too low.
3. Press and hold l next to the
pull cup on the bottom of the
liftgate until the turn signals
flash and a beep sounds. This
indicates the setting has been
recorded.
Length of Kick Zone
The hands-free feature will not work
while the liftgate is moving. To stop
the liftgate while in motion use one
of the liftgate switches.
45
Do not touch the liftgate until it
has stopped moving.
This feature may be temporarily
disabled under some conditions.
If the liftgate does not respond to
the kick, open or close the
liftgate by another method or
start the vehicle. The feature will
be re-enabled.
To operate, kick your foot straight up
in one swift motion under the rear
bumper between the left exhaust
pipe and the license plate, then pull
it back.
Attempting to move the liftgate
too quickly and with excessive
force may result in damage to the
vehicle.
Do not keep your foot under the
bumper; the liftgate will not
activate.
Caution
Do not sweep your foot side
to side.
Kick Motion
Splashing water may cause the
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE
transmitter away from the rear
bumper detection area or turn the
liftgate mode to OFF when
cleaning or working near the rear
bumper to avoid accidental
opening.
Caution
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
The indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system:
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.
Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Security
Keys, Doors, and Windows
When closing the liftgate using this
feature, there will be a short delay.
The taillamps will flash and a chime
will sound. Step away from the
liftgate before it starts moving.
46
With a door open, press the
interior Q.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash indicating the
alarm system is operating.
Pressing Q on the RKE
transmitter a second time will
bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
two ways:
. Use the RKE transmitter.
1. Turn off the vehicle.
Arming the Alarm System
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
A door, the hood, or the liftgate
is open.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Press
Start the vehicle.
K on the RKE transmitter.
To disarm the alarm system or turn
off the alarm if it has been activated:
Disarming the Alarm System
If a door, the hood, or the liftgate is
opened without first disarming the
system, the turn signals will flash
and the horn will sound for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 371.
Immobilizer
If the alarm has been activated, a
message will appear on the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
If K is pressed on the RKE
transmitter and the horn chirps and
the lights flash three times, an alarm
occurred previously while the alarm
system was armed.
How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
Unlocking the driver door with the
key will not disarm the system or
turn off the alarm.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
. Lock the vehicle after all
occupants have left the vehicle
and all doors are closed.
. Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter.
47
The system has one or more RKE
transmitters matched to an
immobilizer control unit in your
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
The immobilization system is
disarmed when the ignition is turned
on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and a
valid Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is in the vehicle.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the transmitter
leaves the vehicle.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
Immobilizer Operation
Keys, Doors, and Windows
If the ignition mode will not change
with the other transmitter, your
vehicle needs service. If the ignition
does change modes, the first
transmitter may be faulty. See your
dealer who can service the
theft-deterrent system and have a
new RKE transmitter programmed to
the vehicle.
If the ignition will not change from
on to off or ACC/ACCESSORY, and
the RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter.
Or, you may try placing the
transmitter in the cupholder in the
center console.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light may come on briefly
when the ignition is turned on.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
RKE transmitters. Up to eight
transmitters can be programmed to
the vehicle. To program additional
transmitters, see “Programming
Transmitters to the Vehicle” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 29.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
RKE transmitter will start the
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
damaged, you may not be able to
start your vehicle.
48
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
{ Warning
Convex Mirrors
Exterior Mirrors
The mirrors can be folded inward
toward the vehicle to prevent
damage when going through an
Manual Folding Mirrors
Folding Mirrors
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
1. Press j or | to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
To adjust the mirrors:
Power Mirrors
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 160.
control panel.
K : This button is on the climate
The heated outside mirrors turn on
when the rear window defogger is
on and help to clear fog or frost from
the surface of the mirrors.
For vehicles with heated mirrors:
Heated Mirrors
The vehicle may have LCA. See
Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 227.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
The vehicle may have memory
mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 59.
Memory Mirrors
automatic car wash. Push the mirror
outward to return it to the original
position.
49
The vehicle is driven in
R (Reverse) above a set speed.
The mirror(s) return to the original
position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds.
. The ignition is turned off.
If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
to a preselected position when the
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
allows the curb to be seen when
parallel parking.
Reverse Tilt Mirrors
The vehicle has an automatic
dimming outside mirror on the driver
side. The mirror will adjust for the
glare of headlamps behind you.
Automatic Dimming
Mirror
Keys, Doors, and Windows
If equipped, automatic dimming
reduces the glare of headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started.
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
Manual Rearview Mirror
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind the vehicle.
Interior Rearview Mirrors
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.
{ Warning
Windows
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Interior Mirrors
50
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 28.
{ Warning
Power Windows
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time.
Using the window switch, press to
open or pull to close the window.
Power windows work when the
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 188.
Press
Z again to disengage.
Press Z to engage the rear
window lockout feature. The
indicator light is on when
engaged.
All windows can be opened without
holding the window switch. Press
the switch down fully and quickly
release to express open the
window.
Window Express Movement
This feature stops the rear
passenger windows from working.
Window Lockout
51
If automatic reversal system
override is active, the window will
not reverse automatically. You or
others could be injured and the
window could be damaged.
Before using automatic reversal
(Continued)
{ Warning
Automatic Reversal System
Override
The express-close feature will
reverse window movement if it
comes in contact with an object.
Extreme cold or ice could cause the
window to auto-reverse. The
window will operate normally after
the object or condition is removed.
Window Automatic Reversal
System
Briefly press or pull the window
switch in the same direction to stop
that window’s express movement.
If equipped, pull the window switch
up fully and quickly release to
express close the window.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
3. Partially open the window to be
programmed. Then close it and
continue to pull the switch
briefly after the window has
fully closed.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
1. Close all doors.
Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program each express-close
window:
Programming the Power
Windows
When the engine is on, override the
automatic reversal system by pulling
and holding the window switch if
conditions prevent it from closing.
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window and, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
Sun Visors
If equipped, this feature allows all
the windows to be opened remotely.
Remote Window Operation
4. Open the window and continue
to press the switch briefly after
the window has fully opened.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
system override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are
clear of the window path.
52
If equipped, the sunroof only
operates when the ignition is on or
in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 188.
1. Sunroof Switch
2. Sunshade Switch
Sunroof
Roof
Vent : From the closed position,
press e (1) to vent the sunroof.
Comfort Stop : The sunroof has a
comfort stop feature that stops the
sunroof from opening fully. Press
and release the rear of g to open
the sunroof to the comfort open
position. Pressing the rear of g
again will open the sunroof fully.
If the sunshade is not fully open
when the comfort stop feature is
pressed the second time, the
sunshade will open fully.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and hold
e (1) until the sunroof reaches
the desired position. Press and hold
g (1) to close it.
Express-open/Express-close : To
express-open the sunshade, fully
press and release r (2). To
express-close the sunshade, fully
press and release s (2) . Press
the switch again to stop it.
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release e (1). Press
the switch again to stop it. To
express-close the sunroof, fully
press and release g (1). Press
the switch again to stop it.
If an object is in the path while
express closing, the reversal system
will detect an object, stop, and open
the sunroof again.
The sunroof has an automatic
reversal system that is only active
when the sunroof is operated in
express-close mode.
Automatic Reversal System
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.
Open/Close : To open the
sunshade, press and hold r (2)
until the sunshade reaches the
desired position.
Sunshade Switch
Sunroof Switch
53
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause issues with sunroof
operation and noise. It could also
plug the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
If frost or other conditions prevent
closing, override the feature by
closing the sunroof in manual
mode. To stop movement, release
the switch.
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Seats and Restraints
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Belts
73
73
73
68
69
67
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Rear Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 57
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Front Seats
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Head Restraints
Seats and
Restraints
54
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infants and Young Children . . . .
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . .
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . .
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . .
Child Restraints
93
86
88
90
92
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 76
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Passenger Sensing System . . . 80
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 85
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 85
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Airbag System
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
If your vehicle has rear head
restraints that fold down, always
return them to the full upright
position whenever an occupant is
seated in the seat.
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
{ Warning
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
Front Seats
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
55
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
To raise or lower the head restraint,
press the button located on the side
of the head restraint and pull up or
push the head restraint down, and
release the button. Pull and push on
the head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted.
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The vehicle's rear seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
Adjusting the Rear Head Restraint
Rear Seats
56
To fold the head restraint, press the
button on the side of the head
restraint.
The head restraint can be folded
rearward to allow for better visibility
when the rear seat is unoccupied.
Folding the Rear Head Restraint
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
Rear outboard head restraints are
not removable.
Always adjust the head restraint so
that the top of the restraint is at the
same height as the top of the
occupant's head.
When an occupant or child restraint
is in the seat, always return the
head restraint to the full upright
position. Pull the head restraint up
and forward until it locks into place.
Push and pull on the head restraint
to make sure that it is locked.
The head restraint will fold rearward
automatically.
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat cushion to unlock it.
To adjust the seat position:
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
{ Warning
Seat Adjustment
Front Seats
Move the lever up or down to raise
or lower the seat.
Seat Height Adjuster
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
2. Move the seat forward or
rearward and release the
handle.
57
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 58.
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
Power Seat Adjustment
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the seat belts cannot do
their job.
(Continued)
{ Warning
Reclining Seatbacks
If equipped, press and hold the front
or rear of the control to increase or
decrease lumbar support.
Lumbar Adjustment
58
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
seat belt properly.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
Warning (Continued)
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
{ Warning
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
1. Lift the lever.
To recline a manual seatback:
To adjust a power seatback,
if available:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
59
Before storing, adjust all available
memory feature positions. Turn the
ignition on and then press and
release SET; a beep will sound.
Then immediately press and hold 1,
If equipped, memory seats allow two
drivers to store and recall their
unique seat positions for driving the
vehicle, and a shared exit position
for getting out of the vehicle. Other
feature positions may also be set,
such as power mirrors, if equipped.
Memory positions are linked to RKE
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic
memory recalls.
Memory Seats
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Vehicle Personalization Settings
. To have the Auto Memory Recall
movement begin when the
vehicle is started, select the
Settings menu, then Vehicle,
then Comfort and Convenience,
The vehicle identifies the current
driver’s RKE transmitter number (1–
8). See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 29. Only
RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can be
used for automatic memory recalls.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
welcome message indicating the
transmitter number may display for
the first few ignition cycles following
a transmitter change. For Auto
Memory Recall to work properly,
save the positions to the memory
button (1 or 2) matching the RKE
transmitter number displayed in the
DIC welcome message. Carry the
linked RKE transmitter when
entering the vehicle.
2, or B (Exit) on the driver door
until two beeps sound. To manually
recall these positions, press and
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved
position is reached.
60
See Vehicle Personalization
0 140 for additional setting
information.
1. Start the vehicle with the other
key or RKE transmitter. The
DIC should display the driver
number; 1 or 2. Turn the
ignition off and remove the key
or RKE transmitter from the
vehicle.
To identify the driver number:
Identifying Driver Number
To begin Easy Exit Recall
movement when the ignition is
turned off and the driver door is
opened, or when the ignition is
turned off with the driver door
already opened, select the
Settings menu, then Vehicle,
then Comfort and Convenience,
and then Easy Exit Options.
Select On or Off. See “Easy Exit
Recall” later in this section.
and then Auto Memory Recall.
Select On or Off. See “Auto
Memory Recall” later in this
section.
4. Immediately press and hold the
1 or 2 memory button matching
the above DIC welcome
message until two beeps
sound.
3. Press and release SET; a beep
will sound.
2. Adjust all available memory
features to the desired driving
position.
A DIC welcome message may
be displayed indicating number
1 or 2 for memory recalls.
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
To save preferred driving positions
1 and 2:
Read these instructions completely
before saving memory positions.
Saving Memory Positions
2. Start the vehicle with the initial
key or RKE transmitter. The
DIC should display the other
driver number not shown in
step 1.
To stop manual recall movement,
release 1, 2, or B. Recall can also
be stopped by pressing a power
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall
the previously stored memory
positions.
Manually Recalling Memory
Positions
Save preferred memory feature
positions to both 1 and 2 if you are
the only driver.
To save positions for B and easy
exit features, repeat Steps 1–4
using B. This stores the positions
for getting out of the vehicle.
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
driver using 1 or 2.
1 or 2 corresponds to the driver
number. See “Identifying Driver
Number” in this section.
If too much time passes
between releasing SET and
pressing 1, the memory
position will not be saved and
two beeps will not sound.
Repeat Steps 3 and 4.
The transmission must be in
P (Park) to initiate Auto Memory
Recall. Auto Memory Recall will
complete if the vehicle is shifted out
of P (Park) prior to reaching the
stored memory position.
To turn Auto Memory Recall on or
off, see "Vehicle Personalization
Settings" previously in this section
and Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
The vehicle identifies the number of
the current driver’s RKE transmitter
(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 29. If the
RKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and Auto
Memory Recall is programmed on in
vehicle personalization, the
positions saved to the same
memory button number 1 or 2 are
automatically recalled when the
ignition is turned on, or turned from
off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE
transmitters 3–8 will not provide
automatic memory recalls.
Auto Memory Recall
seat, SET, or power mirror control,
if memory equipped. The driver or
passenger side mirror must be
selected.
61
Power mirror, with the driver or
passenger side mirror selected
Easy Exit Recall is not linked to an
RKE transmitter. The position stored
to B is used for all drivers. To turn
Easy Exit Recall on or off, see
"Vehicle Personalization Settings"
previously in this section and
Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
Easy Exit Recall
If the stored memory seat position
does not automatically recall or
recalls to the wrong positions, the
driver’s RKE transmitter number (1
or 2) may not match the memory
button number that positions were
saved to. Try storing the position to
the other memory button or try the
other RKE transmitter.
Memory SET, 1, 2, or
To stop Auto Memory Recall
movement, turn the ignition off or
press any of the following memory
controls:
. Power seat
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Power mirror, with the driver or
passenger side mirror selected
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction and try the
recall again. If the memory position
still does not recall, see your dealer
for service.
Obstructions
Memory SET, 1, 2, or
To stop Easy Exit Recall movement,
press any of the following memory
controls:
. Power seat
If turned on, the positions saved to
B are automatically recalled when
one of the following occurs:
. The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a
short time.
. The vehicle is turned off with the
driver door open.
62
If temperature change or pain to
the skin cannot be felt, the seat
heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, use care
when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
{ Warning
Heated and Ventilated
Front Seats
Press C or {, if equipped, to
ventilate the driver or passenger
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
that pulls or pushes air through the
seat. The air is not cooled.
Press J or z to heat the driver or
passenger cushion and seatback.
Press I or +, if equipped, to heat
the driver or passenger
seatback only.
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center console. To operate, the
engine must be running.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated or ventilated seat
indicator lights do not turn on during
a remote start.
If you fold the seatback forward to
carry longer objects, such as skis,
be sure any such cargo is not
near an airbag. In a crash, an
inflating airbag might force that
object toward a person. This
could cause severe injury or even
death. Secure objects away from
the area in which an airbag would
inflate. For more information, see
Where Are the Airbags? 0 76 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 177.
{ Warning
The front passenger seatback
folds flat.
Remote Start Heated and
Ventilated Seats
During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats, if equipped, can be
turned on automatically. When it is
cold outside, the heated seats turn
on, and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. The heated
or ventilated seats are canceled
when the ignition is turned on. Press
the heated or ventilated seat button
to use the heated or ventilated seats
after the vehicle is started.
Folding Seatback
The remote start heated or
ventilated seats may be enabled or
disabled in the vehicle
personalization menu.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest.
63
2. Move the seat as far back as
possible. See Seat Adjustment
0 57.
1. Lower the head restraint all the
way. See Head Restraints
0 55.
To fold the seatback:
Things you put on this seatback
can strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.
Remove or secure all items
before driving.
{ Warning
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
{ Warning
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked in
place.
1. Lift the lever fully to unlock the
seatback. Then, raise the
seatback and push it rearward
until it re-engages.
To raise the seatback:
4. Continue lowering the seatback
until it is completely folded and
locks in place.
If necessary, move the seat
belt out of the way to access
the lever.
3. Lift the lever fully and fold the
seatback forward.
64
The feature is active only once each
time the vehicle is turned on and off,
and will require reactivation by
opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered
This feature will activate when a
second row door is opened while
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
before the vehicle is turned on.
There will be an alert when the
vehicle is turned off. The alert does
not directly detect objects in the rear
seat; instead, under certain
conditions, it detects when a rear
door is opened and closed,
indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.
If equipped, the message REAR
SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR
SEAT displays under certain
conditions indicating there may be
an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the
vehicle.
Rear Seat Reminder
Rear Seats
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the handle to lock the
seatback in place.
1. Pull the reclining seatback
handle.
To recline the seatback:
Reclining the Seatback
The feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
vehicle being shut off.
1. Fold the head restraint. See
Head Restraints 0 55.
To fold the seatback:
Folding a rear seat with the seat
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the seat
belts. Always unbuckle the seat
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
Caution
Either side of the seatback can be
folded for more cargo space. Fold a
seatback only when the vehicle is
not moving.
Folding the Seatback
3. Fold the seatback forward.
A tab near the seatback lever
raises when the seatback is
unlocked.
2. Pull the handle on top of the
seatback to unlock it.
Repeat the steps to fold the
other seatback, if desired.
4. Stow the seat belt in the belt
stowage clip.
Seats and Restraints
65
Seats and Restraints
A seat belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
(Continued)
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
{ Warning
Raising the Seatback
If equipped, the rear seatbacks can
also be folded forward by pulling the
levers on the passenger side of the
rear cargo area.
66
A tab near the seatback lever
retracts when the seatback is
locked in place.
2. Lift the seatback up and push it
rearward to lock it in place.
1. Ensure the seat belt is in the
belt stowage clip.
To raise a seatback:
sure that the seat belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
Warning (Continued)
If temperature change or pain to
the skin cannot be felt, the seat
heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, use care
when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
(Continued)
{ Warning
Heated Rear Seats
When the seat is not in use, it
should be kept in the upright, locked
position.
5. Repeat the steps to raise the
other seatback, if necessary.
4. Push and pull the top of the
seatback to be sure it is locked
into position.
3. Return the head restraint to the
upright position. See Head
Restraints 0 55.
If equipped, the rear heated seat
buttons are on the rear of the center
console.
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
Warning (Continued)
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat will
change to the next lower setting,
and then to the off setting. The
lights indicate three for the highest
setting and one for the lowest.
Press + to heat the left or right
outboard seatback only.
Press z to heat the left or right
outboard seat cushion and
seatback.
67
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
Do not let anyone ride where a
seat belt cannot be worn properly.
In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
seat belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
seat belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
{ Warning
This section describes how to use
seat belts properly, and some things
not to do.
Seat Belts
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
Seats and Restraints
Why Seat Belts Work
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the seat belts.
See Seat Belt Reminders 0 123.
Always wear a seat belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and seat belts.
68
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a seat belt or not. Your
chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
seat belt?
Questions and Answers About
Seat Belts
When you wear a seat belt, you and
the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the seat
belts. That is why wearing seat belts
makes such good sense.
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the seat belts!
There are special things to know
about seat belts and children, and
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children 0 86 or Infants and Young
Children 0 88. Follow those rules for
everyone's protection.
This section is only for people of
adult size.
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only. They work with
seat belts — not instead of them.
Whether or not an airbag is
provided, all occupants still have
to buckle up to get the most
protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing seat belts.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear seat
belts?
Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.
Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.
Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
There are important things to know
about wearing a seat belt properly.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing seat belts.
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your seat belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
. Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
behind your back.
. Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.
{ Warning
Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
69
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
Seats and Restraints
70
Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the front
outboard seating position may
affect the passenger sensing
system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 80.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
Seats and Restraints
If the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Seat Belt Extender 0 73.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
seat belt is out of the way. If a door
is slammed against a seat belt,
damage can occur to both the seat
belt and the vehicle.
Always stow the seat belt slowly.
If the seat belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
seat belt straight out firmly to unlock
the webbing, and then release it.
If the webbing is still locked in the
retractor, see your dealer.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt
while entering or exiting the vehicle,
or at any time while sitting in the
seat. Sitting on the seat belt can
damage the webbing and hardware.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle’s seat belt
system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 74.
This vehicle has seat belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the seat belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the seat belt assembly.
They can help tighten the seat belts
during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Seat belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the seat belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Seat Belt Pretensioners
71
This vehicle will have rear seat belt
comfort guides in the rear outboard
seating positions.
Rear seat belt comfort guides may
provide added seat belt comfort for
older children who have outgrown
booster seats and for some adults.
When installed on a shoulder belt,
the comfort guide positions the
shoulder belt away from the neck
and head.
A seat belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
{ Warning
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
1. Remove the guide from its
storage pocket on the side of
the seatback.
To install:
72
2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the seat belt can be
4. Buckle, position, and release
the seat belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder belt crosses
the shoulder. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
3. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on
the front.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
Seat belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear seat belts.
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy
removed from the guide. Slide the
guide back into its storage pocket
on the side of the seatback.
But if a seat belt is not long enough,
your dealer will order you an
extender. When you go in to order it,
take the heaviest coat you will wear,
so the extender will be long enough
for you. To help avoid personal
injury, do not let someone else use
it, and use it only for the seat it is
made to fit. The extender has been
designed for adults. Never use it for
securing child restraints. For more
information on the proper use and fit
of seat belt extenders see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
Seat Belt Extender
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a seat
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making seat
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
73
Keep belts clean and dry.
Seat Belt Care
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See
Seat Belt Care 0 73.
Make sure the seat belt reminder
light is working. See Seat Belt
Reminders 0 123.
Periodically check the seat belt
reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch
plates, retractors, shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), and
seat belt anchorages to make sure
they are all in working order. Look
for any other loose or damaged seat
belt system parts that might keep a
seat belt system from performing
properly. See your dealer to have it
repaired. Torn or frayed seat belts
may not protect you in a crash.
They can rip apart under impact
forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
have it replaced immediately.
Safety System Check
Seats and Restraints
{
Warning
Seats and Restraints
Seat belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As
necessary exterior hard surfaces
and seat belt webbing may be lightly
cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust
or debris in the mechanism. If dust
or debris exists in the system please
see the dealer. Parts may need to
be replaced to ensure proper
functionality of the system.
Seat belts should be properly cared
for and maintained.
Do not bleach or dye seat belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Allow the webbing to dry.
74
After a minor crash, replacement of
seat belts may not be necessary.
But the seat belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the seat
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
A crash can damage the seat belt
system in the vehicle. A damaged
seat belt system may not properly
protect the person using it,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the seat belt systems are
working properly after a crash,
have them inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
{ Warning
Replacing Seat Belt
System Parts after a
Crash
Have the seat belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 124.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the seat belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger
A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver
A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver
Airbag System
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your seat belt, even with
airbags. Airbags are designed to
work with seat belts, not replace
(Continued)
{ Warning
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by seat
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seat closest to the door.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
75
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to, any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
(Continued)
{ Warning
Wearing your seat belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
are “supplemental restraints” to
the seat belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a seat belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
them. Also, airbags are not
designed to inflate in every crash.
In some crashes seat belts are
the only restraint. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 78.
Warning (Continued)
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
Seats and Restraints
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Seat belts help keep you
in position before and during a
crash. Always wear a seat belt,
even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The seat belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.
76
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 124.
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 86 or
Infants and Young Children 0 88.
{ Warning
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
(Continued)
{ Warning
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
77
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Warning (Continued)
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System 0 75.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to
predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
78
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or many side impacts.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck or if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by seat belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 76.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
After frontal and seat-mounted side
impact airbags inflate, they quickly
deflate, so quickly that some people
may not even realize the airbags
inflated. Roof-rail airbags may still
be at least partially inflated for some
time after they inflate. Some
components of the airbag module
may be hot for several minutes. For
location of the airbags, see Where
Are the Airbags? 0 76.
What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to seat belts.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 78.
79
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
{ Warning
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
{ Warning
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. After turning the ignition
off and then on again, the fuel
system will return to normal
operation; the doors can be locked,
the interior lamps can be turned off,
and the hazard warning flashers can
be turned off using the controls for
those features. If any of these
systems are damaged in the crash
they may not operate as normal.
80
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash.
See Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy 0 372 and Event Data
Recorders 0 373.
. Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
The words ON and OFF will be
visible during the system check.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
OFF will be visible. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator 0 124.
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.
Passenger Sensing
System
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat
and seat belt. The sensors are
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and
determine if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag should be
allowed to inflate or not.
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued)
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
{ Warning
81
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
. The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
. The system determines an infant
is present in a child restraint.
. A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
. There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
Warning (Continued)
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should
wear a seat belt properly — whether
or not there is an airbag for that
person.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbag is active.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 124.
82
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if
the system determines that an infant
is present in a child restraint. If a
child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 124 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Warning
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
Make sure the seat belt
retractor is locked by pulling
the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor when
installing the child restraint,
even if the child restraint is
equipped with a seat belt lock
off. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened
but not pulled out of the
retractor.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 98 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Seat) 0 100.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbag for a
child in a child restraint depending
upon the child’s size. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a rear
seat. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if the
on indicator is not lit.
6. Restart the vehicle.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
0 55.
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
If a person of adult size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat or that the child
restraint locking feature is engaged.
Use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and
enable the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag:
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
83
6. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this
position for two to three minutes
after the on indicator is lit.
5. If the shoulder portion of the
belt is pulled out all the way,
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This
may unintentionally cause the
passenger sensing system to
turn the airbag off for some
adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
the belt go back all the way,
and then buckle the belt again
without pulling the belt out all
the way.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat
massagers.
Seats and Restraints
{
Warning
Seats and Restraints
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
Seat belts help keep the passenger
in position on the seat during
vehicle maneuvers and braking,
which helps the passenger sensing
system maintain the passenger
airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and
“Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the
importance of proper restraint use.
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.
84
Stowing articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
{ Warning
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 85
for more information about
modifications that can affect how
the system operates.
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
{ Warning
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information 0 370.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly. The
operation of the airbag system can
also be affected by changing any
parts of the front seats, seat belts,
airbag sensing and diagnostic
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, inner door seals including the
speakers, any of the airbag
modules, ceiling or pillar garnish
trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
or airbag wiring.
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
have questions about whether the
modifications will affect the vehicle's
airbag system, or if you have
questions about whether the airbag
system will be affected if the vehicle
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 310 for additional
important information.
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System
0 80.
85
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 76. See your dealer
for service.
Caution
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 124.
Airbag System Check
is modified for any other reason, call
Customer Assistance. See
Customer Assistance Offices 0 363.
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 124.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
{ Warning
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash
86
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle’s seat belts.
Older Children
Child Restraints
The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear seat belt
comfort guide, if available. See
“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 69.
If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Can proper seat belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 69.
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Q: What is the proper way to
wear seat belts?
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same seat belt. The
seat belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A seat belt must
be used by only one person at
a time.
{ Warning
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts
properly.
87
Never allow a child to wear the
seat belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)
{ Warning
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
Seats and Restraints
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
Infants and Young
Children
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
88
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the seat
belts.
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
{ Warning
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant or child should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.
{ Warning
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
{ Warning
Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
Rearward-facing child restraints
There are three basic types of
child restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints
Child restraints are devices used to
restrain, seat, or position children in
the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
89
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
{ Warning
For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
manufacturer's instructions that
come with the restraint state the
weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
available for children with special
needs.
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
Seats and Restraints
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
seat belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
90
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
Child Restraint Systems
A forward-facing child restraint
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
A belt-positioning booster seat is
used for children who have
outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle seat belts to
fit properly without a booster seat.
See the seat belt fit test in Older
Children 0 86.
Booster Seats
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraints must
be secured in vehicle seats by lap
belts or the lap belt portion of a
lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH
system. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 93 for more information.
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle’s seat belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
{ Warning
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
91
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great if the airbag deploys.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in an appropriate
child restraint secured in a rear
seating position.
Where to Put the
Restraint
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
{ Warning
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
92
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued)
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front passenger
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
{ Warning
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent seat belts or
LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints.
Adjacent seating positions should
not be used if the child restraint
prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the seat belt.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
study the instructions that came with
the child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 80 for additional information.
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
Warning (Continued)
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint system and secure the
child restraint system properly.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the seat
belts to properly secure the child
restraint. A child restraint must
never be attached using only the top
tether.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 98
or Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
0 100.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat
belts to secure the child in the
booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. In this
case, the seat belt must be used
(with top tether where available) to
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
93
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use
both the seat belts and the LATCH
anchorage system to secure a
rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).
Lower Anchors
secure the child restraint.
See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 98
or Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
0 100.
94
Your child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
Top Tether Anchor
tether anchors.
I : Seating positions with top
Rear Seat
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the top tether
anchors.
To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each second row anchor
position has a label, near the crease
between the seatback and the seat
cushion.
lower anchors.
H : Seating positions with two
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
The top tether anchors for each rear
seating position are on the back of
the rear seatback. The rear
compartment storage panel/cover
might need to be adjusted to access
the anchors. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
Top Tether Anchors
95
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle's seat
belts to secure the restraint,
(Continued)
{ Warning
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 92 for additional
information.
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
Seats and Restraints
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
(Continued)
Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured.
Buckle any unused seat belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
96
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's seat belts. Instead,
use the vehicle's anchors and child
restraint attachments to secure the
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 92.
Do not fold the rear seatback
when the seat is occupied. Do not
fold the empty rear seat with a
seat belt buckled. This could
damage the seat belt or the seat.
Unbuckle and return the seat belt
to its stowed position, before
folding the seat.
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s seat belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled seat belts to avoid
rubbing the LATCH attachments.
Caution
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
attach and tighten the top
1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.1. Find the lower anchors
for the desired seating
position.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the seat belts. Refer to the
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the
instructions in this manual.
restraints. Some restraints also use
another vehicle anchor to secure a
top tether.
If the position you are using
does not have a headrest
or head restraint and you
are using a single tether,
route the tether over the
seatback.
2.2. Route, attach and tighten
the top tether according
to your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
2.1. Find the top tether
anchor.
tether to the top tether anchor,
if equipped. Refer to the child
restraint instructions and the
following steps:
97
If the position you are using
does not have a headrest
or head restraint and you
are using a dual tether,
route the tether over the
seatback.
Seats and Restraints
98
If the position you are using
has an adjustable headrest
or head restraint and you
are using a dual tether,
raise the headrest or head
restraint and route the
tether under the headrest or
head restraint and in
between the headrest or
head restraint posts.
If the position you are using
has an adjustable headrest
or head restraint and you
are using a single tether,
raise the headrest or head
restraint and route the
tether under the headrest or
head restraint and in
between the headrest or
head restraint posts.
Seats and Restraints
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
{ Warning
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
installation.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 93 for how and where to
install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a seat
belt and it uses a top tether, see
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 93 for
top tether anchor locations.
When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
study the instructions that came with
the child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat)
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's seat belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 92.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the seat
belt to secure the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the
seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
99
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
100
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 93.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 80 and Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 124 for more information,
including important safety
information.
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 92.
Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Front Seat)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
(Continued)
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Warning
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 93 for top tether anchor
locations.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 80 for additional information.
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
Warning (Continued)
101
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 124.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's seat belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
102
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the
seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System 0 80.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
Seats and Restraints
103
Storage
104
104
104
104
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Roof Rack System
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Additional Storage Features
Storage Compartments . . . . . . .
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Console Storage . . . . . .
Storage Compartments
Storage
104
Two cupholders are in the center
console. Cupholders may be located
in the second row seat armrest. To
access, pull the armrest down.
Cupholders
Open the glove box by lifting up on
the lever.
Glove Box
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
{ Warning
Storage
Compartments
If equipped, there are two USB
ports for data and charging.
There is storage in the center
console; lift the lever on the front
to open.
Center Console Storage
For vehicles with a cargo cover, use
it to cover items in the rear of the
vehicle.
Do not place objects on the cargo
cover. Sudden stops or turns can
cause objects to be thrown in the
vehicle. You or others could be
injured.
{ Warning
An unsecured cargo cover could
strike people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash. Store the
cargo cover securely or remove it
from the vehicle.
{ Warning
Cargo Cover
Additional Storage
Features
1. Push both ends until locked.
To store the cargo cover:
To remove the cover from the
vehicle, pull both ends toward each
other.
105
3. Store under the load floor.
2. Insert right side of the cargo
cover first.
Storage
Storage
The vehicle may be equipped with
two cargo tie-downs and two
convenience net retainers in the
rear compartment.
1. Convenience Net Retainers
2. Cargo Tie-Downs
Cargo Tie-Downs
Place each end of the cover in the
holes behind the rear seat.
To reinstall, push the buttons to
unlock the ends of the cover.
106
Do not use the net to store heavy
loads.
This vehicle may have a
convenience net in the rear of the
vehicle. Attach it to the cargo
tie-downs for storing small loads.
Convenience Net
If equipped with side rails or docking
stations, GM certified cross rails can
be purchased as an accessory and
used to load items. See your dealer.
If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack — like paneling,
plywood, or a mattress — the
wind can catch it while the vehicle
is being driven. The item being
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
{ Warning
Roof Rack System
2. Docking Stations
1. Side Rails
Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 100 kg
(220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
sides of the vehicle may damage
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
rests evenly between the
crossrails, making sure to fasten
cargo securely.
Caution
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see
Vehicle Load Limits 0 177.
Storage
107
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 123
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 109
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 109
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 109
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 109
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Controls
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 124
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 125
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 125
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light (Uplevel Only) . . . . . . . . . 128
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 129
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 129
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 129
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 130
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Wait-to-Start Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 131
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 132
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 133
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and
Controls
108
Universal Remote System . . . . 145
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Universal Remote System
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 140
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 140
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 140
Vehicle Messages
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Information Displays
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 133
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 133
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 134
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
1. Pull the lever down.
To adjust the steering wheel:
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
Controls
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.
off. A light next to the button
displays when the feature is
turned on.
( : If equipped, press to turn it on or
Heated Steering Wheel
The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering
wheel controls. See "Steering
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
manual.
Steering Wheel Controls
HI : Use for fast wipes.
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is on the side of the steering
column. With the ignition on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY, move the
windshield wiper lever to select the
wiper speed.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
to sound the horn.
109
Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad
Instruments and Controls
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. If the wiper motor
overheats, the windshield wipers will
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades and windshield before using
them. If frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them.
Damaged blades should be
replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 280.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the lever down. For several wipes,
hold the lever down.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the
band up for more frequent wipes or
down for less frequent wipes.
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the
lever is released, additional wipes
may occur depending on how long
the windshield washer had been
f : Pull the windshield wiper
Windshield Washer
If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing, the wipers
continue to run until they reach the
base of the windshield.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to OFF before the driver
door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they
will immediately stop.
Wiper Parking
stop until the motor cools and the
wiper control is turned off. See
Electrical System Overload 0 285.
Instruments and Controls
LO : Use for slow wipes.
110
The ignition must be on or in the
ACC/ACCESSORY position to
operate the rear window wiper/
washer.
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
{ Warning
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 275
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
When using an automatic car wash,
move the rear wiper control to OFF
to disable the rear wiper. In some
vehicles, if the transmission is in
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
Protection
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
{ Warning
lever forward to spray washer fluid
on the rear window. The lever
automatically returns to its original
position when released.
1 : Push the windshield wiper
ON : Slow wipes.
Set the time and date using the
infotainment system. See "Time /
Date" under “Settings” in the
infotainment manual.
Clock
This feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
The windshield washer reservoir is
used for the windshield and rear
window. Check the fluid level if
either washer is not working. See
Washer Fluid 0 275.
The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again.
The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
and vehicle speed information.
Compass
111
If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the transmission
is in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing low
or high speed wipes. If the rear
wiper control is off, the transmission
is in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing
interval wipes, then the rear wiper
automatically performs interval
wipes.
Reverse Gear Wipes
The wiper operations return to
normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.
OFF : Turns the system off.
INT : Intermittent wipes.
N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is
very slow, the rear wiper will
automatically park.
Turn the end of the windshield wiper
lever to operate the rear window
wiper/washer.
Instruments and Controls
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
20 amp rating.
Caution
To use the outlet, remove the cover.
There are power outlets:
. On the center stack below the
climate control system.
. In the rear cargo area.
The vehicle has two 12-volt
accessory power outlets, which can
be used to plug in electrical
equipment, such as a cell phone or
MP3 player.
{ Warning
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
(Continued)
Caution
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 251.
Certain accessory plugs may not be
compatible with the accessory
power outlet and could overload
vehicle and adapter fuses. If a
problem is experienced, see your
dealer.
Power is always supplied to the
rear cargo power outlet. Do not
leave electrical equipment
plugged in when the vehicle is not
in use because the vehicle could
catch fire and cause injury or
death.
Instruments and Controls
Power Outlets
112
The power outlet is on the rear of
the center console.
If equipped, this power outlet can be
used to plug in electrical equipment
that uses a maximum limit of 150
watts.
Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
Alternating Current
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Caution (Continued)
If equipment is connected using
more than 150 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) off and
then back on. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 188. The
power restarts when equipment
using 150 watts or less is plugged
into the outlet and a system fault is
not detected.
The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition is off or if the
equipment is not fully seated into
the outlet.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is on
and equipment requiring less than
150 watts is plugged into the outlet,
and no system fault is detected.
If equipped, the vehicle has a
wireless charging pocket outside the
armrest of the center console. The
system operates at 145 kHz and
wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi
compatible mobile device. The
power output of the system is
capable of charging at a rate up to
3 amp (15W), as requested by the
compatible mobile device. See
Radio Frequency Statement 0 371.
Wireless Charging
The power outlet is not designed for
the following and may not work
properly if they are plugged in:
. Equipment with high initial peak
wattage, such as
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools
. Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply,
such as
microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps
. Medical equipment
113
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). The
wireless charging feature may not
correctly indicate charging when the
vehicle is in RAP. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 188.
Wireless charging can affect the
operation of an implanted
pacemaker or other medical
devices. If you have one, it is
recommended to consult with
your doctor before using the
wireless charging system.
{ Warning
To check for phone or other device
compatibility:
. In the U.S., see my.gmc.com/
learn.
. In Canada, see
gmtotalconnect.ca.
. Or, see your dealer for details.
Instruments and Controls
Remove all objects from the
charging pad before charging
your mobile device. Objects, such
as coins, keys, rings, paper clips,
or cards, between the phone and
charging pad will become very
hot. On the rare occasion that the
charging system does not detect
an object, and the object gets
wedged between the phone and
charger, remove the phone and
allow the object to cool before
removing it from the charging
pad, to prevent burns.
{ Warning
2. With the mobile phone screen
facing the rear of the vehicle,
slowly insert the phone into the
charging pocket until $ displays
on the V on the infotainment
display. This indicates that the
mobile device is properly
positioned and charging.
1. Remove all objects from the
charging pocket. The system
may not charge if there are any
objects between the phone and
charging pocket.
To charge a mobile phone:
Instruments and Controls
The operating temperature is −20 °C
(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
114
To obtain the source code that is
contained in this product, please
visit http://opensource.lge.com. In
addition to the source code, all
referred license terms, warranty
disclaimers and copyright notices
are available for download. LG
Electronics will also provide open
source code to you on CD-ROM for
OSS Notice Information
Certain Wireless Charging Module
product from LG Electronics, Inc.
("LGE") contains the open source
software detailed below. Refer to
the indicated open source licenses
(as are included following this
notice) for the terms and conditions
of their use.
Software Acknowledgements
2. Turn the mobile phone
180 degrees and insert it back
into the pocket with the screen
facing the rear of the vehicle.
1. Remove the phone from the
pocket and wait three seconds.
If $ does not appear on the
infotainment display:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer.
Redistribution and use in source
and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions
are met:
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR
3. Neither the name of the
copyright holder nor the names
of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products
derived from this software
without specific prior written
permission.
Freescale-WCT library
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale
Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights
reserved.
2. Redistributions in binary form
must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following
disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution.
a charge covering the cost of
performing such distribution (such
as the cost of media, shipping, and
handling) upon email request to
opensource@lge.com. This offer is
valid for three (3) years from the
date on which you purchased the
product.
115
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Controls
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
116
Instrument Cluster
Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar
Instruments and Controls
117
118
Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar
Instruments and Controls
Diesel Uplevel English Shown, Base Level Similar
Instruments and Controls
119
Press o to access the cluster
applications. Use w or x to scroll
through the list of available
applications. Not all applications will
be available on all vehicles.
Use the right steering wheel control
to open and scroll through the
different items and displays.
There is an interactive display area
in the center of the instrument
cluster.
Navigation
Options
Press V to select the Options app,
then press p to enter the Options
menu. Use w or x to scroll
through items in the Options menu.
Options
Press V to select the Navigation
app, then press p to enter the
Navigation menu. If there is no
active route, resume the last route,
start a route from Favorites or
Recent Destinations, or navigate to
Home or Work. If there is an active
route, select an item on the list to
cancel route guidance; mute or
unmute voice guidance; add
destinations from Favorites, Recent
Destinations, Home, or Work.
Navigation
Info App. This is where the
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be
viewed. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 134.
Instruments and Controls
Cluster Menu (Uplevel)
120
Speed Warning : The Speed
Warning display allows the driver to
set a speed that they do not want to
exceed. To set the Speed Warning
Traction and Stability : Press p to
enter the Traction and Stability
menu. To turn the Traction Control
System (TCS) on or off, choose
Traction. To turn StabiliTrak on or
off, choose Stability. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 208.
Info Pages : Press p while Info
Pages is displayed to enter the Info
Pages menu and select the items to
be displayed in the Info app. See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134.
Units : Press p while Units is
displayed to enter the Units menu.
Choose English, Imperial, or metric
units by pressing V while the
desired item is highlighted.
A checkmark will be displayed next
to the selected item.
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Odometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Speedometer
Software Information : Displays
open source software information.
Once the speed is set, this feature
can be turned off by pressing V
while viewing this page. If the
selected speed limit is exceeded, a
pop-up warning is displayed with a
chime.
press p when Speed Warning is
displayed. Press w or x to adjust
the value. Press V to set the speed.
When the engine is on, the
tachometer will indicate the engine’s
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
tachometer may vary by several
For vehicles with the Stop/Start
system, when the ignition is on, the
tachometer indicates the vehicle
status. When pointing to AUTO
STOP, the engine is off but the
vehicle is on and can move. The
engine could auto start at any time.
When the indicator points to OFF,
the vehicle is off.
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Tachometer
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
Trip Odometer
121
Metric Uplevel
Fuel Gauge
A slight bump may be felt when the
transmission is determining the
most fuel efficient operating range.
hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop
mode, when the engine is shutting
off and restarting.
Instruments and Controls
English Uplevel
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There is a
small amount of fuel left, but the fuel
tank should be filled soon.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
Instruments and Controls
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
122
Metric Uplevel
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
If the engine coolant has
overheated and the vehicle has
been operating under normal driving
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible. See Engine
Overheating 0 274.
If the pointer moves toward the
warning area at the high end of the
gauge, the engine is too hot.
This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature.
English Uplevel
If the passenger seat belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
If the driver seat belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.
The front passenger seat belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
their seat belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle continues several times if
the passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
There is a passenger seat belt
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 80.
Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light
123
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their seat belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
There is a driver seat belt reminder
light on the instrument cluster.
Driver Seat Belt Reminder
Light
Seat Belt Reminders
Instruments and Controls
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
0 75.
Airbag Readiness Light
{ Warning
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 80 for important
safety information. The overhead
console has a passenger airbag
status indicator.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
Instruments and Controls
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the seat belt.
124
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
If the word OFF is lit on the
passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If the word ON is lit on the
passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag is allowed
to inflate.
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF for several
seconds as a system check. Then,
after several more seconds, the
status indicator will light either ON
or OFF to let you know the status of
the front outboard passenger frontal
airbag.
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
Charging System Light
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 124 for more information,
including important safety
information.
{ Warning
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
(Continued)
Caution
Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.
This light may also come on when
the system has detected a problem
with the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
management system. See Diesel
Exhaust Fluid 0 194.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) also
displays a message.
is working when the ignition is in
Service Mode. See Ignition
Positions 0 182.
125
The light turns off when the engine
is started. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Instruments and Controls
Caution (Continued)
Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 255.
Caution
If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Light on Steady (All Engines)
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.
If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
Light Flashing (Gasoline
Engine Only)
Instruments and Controls
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
126
If the light remains on, see your
dealer.
Check the following:
. If fuel has been added to the
vehicle using the capless funnel
adapter, make sure that it has
been removed. See “Filling the
Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
under Filling the Tank (Gasoline)
0 241 or Filling the Tank (Diesel)
0 243. The diagnostic system
can detect if the adapter has
been left installed in the vehicle,
allowing fuel to evaporate into
the atmosphere. A few driving
trips with the adapter removed
may turn off the light.
. Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off.
See Fuel (Gasoline) 0 231 or
Fuel for Diesel Engines 0 233.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
. The light is on when the engine
is running.
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are
not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 251. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working
Brake System Warning
Light
See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.
The light does not come on
when the ignition is in
Service Mode.
English
127
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
(Continued)
{ Warning
When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
light stays on if the parking brake
does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
released, there is a brake problem.
Have the brake system inspected
immediately.
This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem.
Metric
Instruments and Controls
Warning (Continued)
Metric
English
Electric Parking Brake
Light
If the light comes on while driving, a
chime sounds. Pull off the road and
stop. The pedal might be harder to
push or go closer to the floor.
It might also take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 330.
This light should come on briefly
when starting the vehicle. If it does
not come on, have it fixed so it will
be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light
(Uplevel Only)
If the light does not come on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer.
This light comes on when the
parking brake is applied. If the light
continues flashing after the parking
brake is released, or while driving,
there is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake system. A message
may also display in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
Instruments and Controls
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
128
If the ABS light comes on and stays
on while driving, stop as soon as
possible and turn the ignition off.
Start the engine again to reset the
system. If the light stays on after
driving at a speed above 20 km/h
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
For vehicles with the Antilock Brake
System (ABS), this light comes on
briefly when the engine is started.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
If this light stays on, take the vehicle
to your dealer as soon as possible.
See the information for the Electric
Parking Brake under Electric
Parking Brake 0 206. A message
may also display in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 205.
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.
Tow/Haul Mode Light
If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning
light is also on, the vehicle does not
have antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 127.
(13 mph), see your dealer for
service. A chime may also sound
when the light comes on steady.
If equipped, this light is green if LKA
is available to assist.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Light
See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 211.
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
light comes on when the system is
ready for use. When the light
flashes, the system is active.
Hill Descent Control Light
129
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 223.
If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 229.
This light is amber and flashes as a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed.
LKA may assist by gently turning
the steering wheel if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking
without using the turn signal in that
direction. The LKA light will turn
amber.
Instruments and Controls
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 208.
If the TCS is off, wheel speed will
be limited when necessary to
protect the driveline from damage.
Adjust driving accordingly.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off through the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 208.
If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,
the system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems
and the warning light turns off.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
StabiliTrak OFF Light
Instruments and Controls
Traction Off Light
130
If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light
For more information, see Starting
the Engine 0 184.
The fast warm-up glow plug system
makes the wait-to-start light stay on
for a shorter amount of time than
most diesel engines.
For diesel engines, the wait-to-start
light shows that the engine is
functioning properly and indicates
when the engine can be started.
Wait-to-Start Light
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 208.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. Stop as soon as possible,
and inflate the tires to the pressure
value shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 300.
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
When the Light Is On Steady
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
Tire Pressure Light
131
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
Caution
Engine Oil Pressure Light
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 302.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
Instruments and Controls
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
For the base level cluster, this light
comes on when the fuel tank is low
on fuel. The light turns off when fuel
is added. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced.
Low Fuel Warning Light
Instruments and Controls
This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
132
If the DEF issue has not been
corrected, the light will continue to
flash. The vehicle's speed may also
be limited. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid
0 194.
This light, a Driver Information
Center (DIC) Message, and a chime
come on when there is an issue with
the DEF.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
(DEF) Warning Light
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
For the uplevel cluster, this light is
near the fuel gauge and comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned on
as a check to show it is working.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
0 47.
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 151.
The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
This light comes on when the
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
enabled. See Exterior Lamp
Controls 0 149.
IntelliBeam Light
®
High-Beam On Light
Security Light
133
For vehicles with the lamps on
reminder light, it comes on when the
lights are in use.
Lamps On Reminder
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps 0 153 for more information.
If equipped, the fog lamp light
comes on when the fog lamps are
in use.
Front Fog Lamp Light
Instruments and Controls
The light turns off when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control 0 215.
For vehicles with cruise control, the
cruise control light is white when the
cruise control is on and ready, and
turns green when the cruise control
is set and active.
down in a list.
w or x : Press to move up or
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
0 117. The displays show the status
of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the right
steering wheel control.
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
Information Displays
Instruments and Controls
Cruise Control Light
134
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel
Economy : Displays the current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from
the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to
Speed : Displays how fast the
vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset. If equipped, press
V to open the menu and select to
display the speed limit signs.
Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items
Use o or p to choose the Trip,
Vehicle, or Eco menus. Use w or
x to scroll through items in
each menu.
Base Level DIC
V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.
o or p : Press to move between
Average Vehicle Speed : Displays
the average vehicle speed of the
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per hour (mph). This
Fuel Range : Displays the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling. The
fuel range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be
reset.
Also displays the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers (L/
100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).
This number is based on the
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded
since the last time this menu item
was reset. This number reflects only
the approximate average fuel
economy that the vehicle has right
now, and will change as driving
conditions change. Reset the
average consumption by pressing V
when it is displayed.
zero by pressing and holding V
while the trip odometer display is
showing.
Blank Display : Displays no
information.
Navigation : Used for the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn guidance.
Timer : To start the timer, press V
while Timer is displayed. The
display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was
last reset, not including time the
ignition is off. Time will continue to
be counted as long as the ignition is
on, even if another display is being
shown on the DIC. The timer will
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
which the display will return to zero.
To stop the timer, press V briefly
while Timer is displayed. To reset
the timer to zero, press and hold V.
average is based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset. Reset the average speed
by pressing V when it is displayed.
135
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 263.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 344.
Remaining Oil Life : Displays an
estimate of the oil's remaining useful
life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
Speed Warning : This display is
used to set the vehicle speed at
which the speed warning chime
sounds and the alert is displayed.
The speed can be set by pressing
V while the speed warning display
is showing.
Units : Choose between Metric or
US when Units is active. Press V to
confirm the setting. This will change
the displays on the DIC to the type
of measurements you select.
Vehicle Information Menu
(VEHICLE) Items
Instruments and Controls
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level
(Diesel Engine Only) : The DEF
level will be displayed as either OK,
Fuel Filter Life : This display shows
an estimate of the fuel filter's
remaining useful life. If 90% Fuel
Filter Life Remaining is displayed, it
means 90% of the current fuel filter
life remains. The fuel filter life
system will alert when to change the
fuel filter on a schedule consistent
with your driving conditions. When
the remaining fuel filter life is low,
the CHANGE FUEL FILTER
message will appear on the display.
Change the fuel filter as soon as
possible.
Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
or in pounds per square inch (psi).
TC/Stabilitrak : If equipped, press
V to turn on or off Traction Control
or StabiliTrak.
Coolant Temperature : Displays
the coolant temperature in degrees
Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).
Battery Voltage : Displays the
current battery voltage, if equipped.
Battery voltage changes are normal
while driving. See Charging System
Light 0 125. If there is a problem
with the battery charging system,
the DIC will display a message.
Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle
with the approximate pressures of
all four tires. Tire pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
or in pounds per square inch (psi).
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 301 and Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 302.
XX%, or LOW. When LOW appears
on the display, add DEF as soon as
possible. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid
0 194.
Instruments and Controls
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. Do not reset
the Oil Life display accidentally at
any time other than when the oil has
just been changed. It cannot be
reset accurately until the next oil
change. To reset the engine oil life
system, see Engine Oil Life System
0 267.
136
Economy Trend : Shows history of
the Average Fuel Economy from the
last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar
represents about 5 km (3 mi) of
driving. During driving the bars will
shift to always reflect the most
The display provides information on
how current driving behavior affects
the running average and how well
recent driving compares to the best
that has been achieved for the
selected distance.
Fuel Economy : The center
displays the approximate
instantaneous fuel economy as a
number and bar graph. Displayed
above the bar graph is a running
average of fuel economy for the
most recently traveled selected
distance. Displayed below the bar
graph is the best average fuel
economy that has been achieved for
the selected distance. The selected
distance is displayed at the top of
the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Press
V to select the distance or reset
best value.
ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)
Items
5. Press w or x to move
through the list of possible
information displays.
4. Scroll to Info Pages and
press p.
3. Press V to enter the
Options menu.
2. Press w or x to scroll to the
Options application.
1. Press o to access the cluster
applications.
The info pages on the DIC can be
turned on or off through the
Options menu.
DIC Info Page Options
Uplevel DIC
recent distance on the right side.
Press and hold V to clear the graph
or press V to reset through
the menu.
This also shows the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number is
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the
current distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the trip odometer was last reset.
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph). If equipped,
press p to open the menu and
select to display the speed limit
signs.
The following is the list of all
possible DIC info page displays.
Some may not be available for your
particular vehicle. Some items may
not be turned on by default but can
be turned on through the Options
app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
earlier in this section.
DIC Info Pages
6. Press V while an item is
highlighted to select or
deselect that item. When an
item is selected, a checkmark
will appear next to it.
137
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
oil's remaining useful life.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
Fuel Information : Fuel Range:
Shows the approximate distance the
vehicle can be driven without
refueling. LOW will be displayed
when the vehicle is low on fuel. The
fuel range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.
Press and hold V while this display
is active to reset the trip odometer
and the average fuel economy. Trip
A and Trip B can also be reset by
pressing p and choosing reset.
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
last time this menu item was reset.
This number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
will change as driving conditions
change.
Instruments and Controls
Tire Pressure : Shows the
approximate pressures of all four
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is
shown in amber.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
Life display at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press and
hold V for several seconds while
the Oil Life display is active. See
Engine Oil Life System 0 267.
Press p to select the distance or
reset best value. Use w and x to
choose the distance and press V.
Press w and x to select “Reset
Fuel Economy : The center
displays the approximate
instantaneous fuel economy as a
number and bar graph. Displayed
above the bar graph is a running
average of fuel economy for the
most recently traveled selected
distance. Displayed below the bar
graph is the best average fuel
economy that has been achieved for
the selected distance. The selected
distance is displayed at the top of
the page as “last xxx mi/km.”
Average Speed : Displays the
average vehicle speed of the
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per hour (mph). This
average is based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset. Reset the average speed
by pressing V when it is displayed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 301 and Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 302.
Instruments and Controls
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 263.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 344.
138
Timer : This display can be used as
a timer. To start the timer, press V
while this display is active. The
display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was
last reset. To stop the timer, press V
briefly while this display is active
Economy Trend : Shows history of
the Average Fuel Economy from the
last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar
represents about 5 km (3 mi) of
driving. During driving the bars will
shift to always reflect the most
recent distance on the right side.
Press and hold V to clear the graph
or press p to reset through
the menu.
The display provides information on
how current driving behavior affects
the running average and how well
recent driving compares to the best
that has been achieved for the
selected distance.
Best Score.” Press V to reset the
best average fuel economy. After
reset, the best value displays “-,-”
until the selected distance has been
traveled.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level
(Diesel Engine Only) : The DEF
level will be displayed as either OK,
XX%, or LOW. When LOW appears
on the display, add DEF as soon as
possible. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid
0 194.
Coolant Temperature : Displays
the coolant temperature in degrees
Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).
Battery Voltage : Displays the
current battery voltage, if equipped.
Battery voltage changes are normal
while driving. See Charging System
Light 0 125. If there is a problem
with the battery charging system, a
DIC will display a message.
Follow Distance : If equipped, the
current follow time to the vehicle
ahead is displayed as a time value
on this page.
and the timer is running. To reset
the timer to zero, press and hold V
while this display is active, or press
p and select reset.
Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
or in pounds per square inch (psi).
Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature, and oil
viscosity. On some models, the oil
pump will vary engine oil pressure
according to engine needs. Oil
pressure may change quickly as the
engine speed or load varies. This is
normal. If the oil pressure warning
light or Driver Information Center
(DIC) message indicates oil
pressure outside the normal
operating range, check the vehicle's
oil as soon as possible.
139
Fluid Levels
Vehicle Security
Follow the instructions given in the
messages. The system displays
messages regarding the following
topics:
. Service Messages
If a SERVICE message appears,
see your dealer.
All messages should be taken
seriously; clearing the message
does not correct the problem.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing V. The messages that
require immediate action cannot be
cleared until that action is
performed.
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after
another.
Vehicle Messages
Instruments and Controls
Ride Control Systems
Driver Assistance Systems
Cruise Control
Lighting and Bulb Replacement
Wiper/Washer Systems
Doors and Windows
Seat Belts
Airbag Systems
Engine and Transmission
Tire Pressure
Battery
This message displays when the
vehicle's propulsion power is
reduced. Reduced propulsion power
can affect the vehicle's ability to
accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no observed reduction
in performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
Engine Power Messages
Brakes
If equipped with a diesel engine,
see Diesel Exhaust Fluid 0 194.
This message shows that the
vehicle speed has been limited to
the speed displayed. The limited
speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems,
such as lubrication, thermal,
suspension, Teen Driver if
equipped, or tires.
SPEED LIMITED TO
XXX KM/H (MPH)
Vehicle Speed Messages
at a reduced speed while this
message is on, but maximum
acceleration and speed may be
reduced. Anytime this message
stays on, or displays repeatedly, the
vehicle should be taken to your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
Instruments and Controls
140
5. Touch z to go to the top level
of the Settings menu.
4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature
off or on.
3. Touch to select the desired
feature setting.
2. Touch Vehicle to display a list
of available options.
1. Touch the Settings icon on the
Home Page of the infotainment
display.
To access the vehicle
personalization menu:
For System, Apps, and Personal
features and functions, see
“Settings” in the infotainment
manual.
The following are all possible
vehicle personalization features.
Depending on the vehicle, some
may not be available.
Vehicle
Personalization
Auto Cooled Seats
Auto Heated Seats
Auto Defog
Auto Rear Defog
Touch Low, Medium, or High.
This setting specifies the amount of
airflow when the climate control fan
setting is Auto Fan.
Auto Fan Speed
Air Quality Sensor
Touch and the following may
display:
. Auto Fan Speed
Climate and Air Quality
Touch Off or On.
This allows for a chime and a
message when the rear door has
been opened before or during
operation of the vehicle.
Rear Seat Reminder
The menu may contain the
following:
Touch Off or On.
Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High
Sensitivity.
Touch Off or On.
When enabled, this feature will
automatically activate the heated
seats at the level required by the
interior temperature. The auto
heated seats can be turned off by
using the heated seat buttons on
the center console. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 62.
Auto Heated Seats
Touch Off or On.
When enabled, this feature will
automatically activate ventilated
seats at the level required by the
interior temperature. See Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 62.
Auto Cooled Seats
This setting automatically turns the
front defogger on when the engine
is started.
This setting switches the system
into Recirculation Mode based on
the quality of the outside air.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
This feature will set crash alerts to
beeps or seat vibrations. This
setting affects all crash alerts
including:
. Forward Collision
Alert Type
Park Assist
Lane Change Alert
Forward Collision System
Touch and the following may
display:
. Alert Type
Collision/Detection Systems
Touch Off or On.
This setting automatically turns the
rear defogger on when the engine is
started.
Auto Rear Defog
Auto Defog
141
Air Quality Sensor
Instruments and Controls
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
Forward Collision System
This feature will turn on or off
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB).
The Off setting disables all FCA and
FAB functions. With the Alert and
Brake setting, both FCA and FAB
are available. The Alert setting
disables FAB. See Forward
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 225.
Touch Off or On.
The LCA system is a lane-changing
aid that assists drivers with avoiding
lane change crashes. See Lane
Change Alert (LCA) 0 227.
Lane Change Alert
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Select Off or On.
Backing Warning
Hands Free Liftgate Control
The liftgate may be operated with a
kicking motion under the rear
bumper between the left exhaust
pipe and the license plate. See
Liftgate 0 41.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Extended Hill Start Assist
Hands Free Liftgate Control
Touch the controls on the
infotainment display to adjust the
volume.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
Chime Volume
This determines the chime volume
level.
Chime Volume
Touch Off or On.
This feature automatically recalls
the previously stored B (Exit)
button position when exiting the
vehicle. See Memory Seats 0 59.
Easy Exit Options
Easy Exit Options
Touch and the following may
display:
. Auto Memory Recall
Comfort and Convenience
Touch Off or On.
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic
Alert feature to be turned on or off.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 218.
This feature automatically recalls
the current driver’s previously stored
1 or 2 button positions when the
ignition is changed from off to on or
ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory
Seats 0 59.
If equipped, this allows the feature
to be turned on or off. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 218.
Parking Assist
Touch Off or On.
Auto Memory Recall
Park Assist
Lane Keep Assist
Instruments and Controls
142
This allows the duration of the Hill
Start Assist to be changed.
Extended Hill Start Assist
Select Off or On.
When on and the front wiper is on,
the rear wiper will automatically
activate when the vehicle is shifted
to R (Reverse).
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Touch Off, On - Driver and
Passenger, On - Driver, or On Passenger.
Touch and the following may
display:
. Vehicle Locator Lights
When on, the driver and/or
passenger mirrors will tilt downward
when the vehicle is shifted to
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
the ground near the rear wheels.
They will return to their previous
driving position when the vehicle is
shifted out of R (Reverse) or the
engine is turned off. See Reverse
Tilt Mirrors 0 49.
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
or 120 Seconds.
This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.
Exit Lighting
Touch Off or On.
This feature will flash the exterior
lamps and allows some of the
exterior lamps and most of the
interior lamps to turn on briefly
when K on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed
to locate the vehicle.
Vehicle Locator Lights
Exit Lighting
Lighting
Reverse Tilt Mirror
Select Extended Hold or
Standard Hold.
Select Off, On-Open and Close,
or On-Open Only.
Delayed Door Lock
143
Touch Off or On.
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.
Delayed Door Lock
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Auto Door Unlock
Touch Off or On.
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
door is open. If Off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
available.
Open Door Anti Lock Out
Auto Door Unlock
Touch and the following may
display:
. Open Door Anti Lockout
Power Door Locks
Instruments and Controls
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn on the ventilated
seats when using remote start on
warm days.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 62 and Remote Vehicle
Start 0 35.
Remote Door Unlock
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Remote Window Operation
Passive Door Unlock
Passive Door Lock
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, or Horn Only.
This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Remote Lock Feedback
Touch Off or On.
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn on the heated seats
when using remote start on
cold days.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 62 and Remote Vehicle
Start 0 35.
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Touch Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Touch Off or On.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Lock Feedback
This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle. This menu also enables the
Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Touch Off, On with Horn
Chirp, or On.
This allows passive locking to be
turned on or off and selects
feedback. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
Passive Door Lock
Touch All Doors or Driver Door Only.
This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle.
Passive Door Unlock
Touch Off or On.
This allows the windows to be
opened when pressing and
holding K on the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 29.
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing K on the
RKE transmitter.
Touch and the following may
display:
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Remote Window Operation
Remote Door Unlock
Instruments and Controls
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
144
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or
unlock the system. Touch Back to
go back to the previous menu.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
2. Select Enter to go to the
confirmation screen.
1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad.
To enable valet mode:
This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls.
It may also limit access to vehicle
storage locations, if equipped.
Valet Mode
See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
in the infotainment manual.
Teen Driver
Touch Off or On.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
Universal Remote System
Programming
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 371.
Universal Remote
System
145
To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and
facing the garage door opener
receiver. Clear all people and
objects near the garage door.
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
section.
Read the instructions completely
before programming the Universal
Remote system. It may help to have
another person assist with the
programming process.
Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.
instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other
devices.
Instruments and Controls
2. At the same time, press and
hold both the hand-held
transmitter button and one of
the three Universal Remote
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system
buttons with the indicator light
in view. The hand-held
transmitter was supplied by the
manufacturer of the garage
door opener receiver.
To program up to three devices:
Programming involves
time-sensitive actions, and may time
out causing the procedure to be
repeated.
For questions or help programming
the Universal Remote system, call
1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.
Programming the Universal
Remote System
Some garage door openers
may require substitution of
Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for
Canada and Some Gate
Operators” later in this section.
system buttons to be used to
operate the garage door. Do
not release either button until
the indicator light goes from a
slow to a rapid flashing light.
Then release both buttons.
3. Press and hold the newly
programmed Universal Remote
system button for five seconds
while watching the indicator
light and garage door
activation.
. If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage
door moves when the
button is pressed, then
programming is complete.
There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
. If the indicator light does
not come on or the garage
door does not move, a
second button press may
Instruments and Controls
Make sure the hand-held transmitter
has a new battery for quick and
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
146
Learn or Smart Button
If the indicator light blinks
rapidly for two seconds,
then changes to a solid light
and the garage door does
not move, continue with
programming Steps 4–6.
4. After completing Steps 1–3,
locate the Learn or Smart
button inside the garage on the
garage door opener receiver.
be required. For a second
time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
for five seconds. If the light
stays on or the garage door
moves, programming is
complete.
Repeat the process for
programming the two remaining
buttons.
The Universal Remote system
should now activate the
garage door.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and
hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system
button for two seconds and
then release it. If the garage
door does not move or the
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash,
press and hold the same
button a second time for
two seconds, then release it.
Again, if the door does not
move or the garage door lamp
does not flash, press and hold
the same button a third time for
two seconds, then release it.
5. Press and release the Learn or
Smart button. Step 6 must be
completed within 30 seconds of
pressing this button.
The name and color of the
button may vary by
manufacturer.
Press and hold the Universal
Remote system button while
pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has
been successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.
If the programming did not work,
replace Step 2 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System” with
the following:
2. Release both buttons.
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
To erase:
Erase all programmed buttons when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Press and hold the appropriate
Universal Remote system button for
at least one-half second. The
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted.
Using the Universal Remote
System
For questions or programming help,
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.
Canadian radio-frequency laws and
some U.S. gate operators require
transmitter signals to time out or quit
after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long
enough for the Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
programming.
Universal Remote System
Operation
147
Radio Signals for Canada and
Some Gate Operators
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Controls
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
148
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Load Management . . .
Battery Power Protection . . . . .
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Features
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Lighting
156
155
155
155
156
153
154
154
154
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 149
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 152
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Exterior Lighting
Lighting
AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on
and off automatically depending on
outside lighting.
In Canada, the headlamps will
automatically reactivate when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn
to O again to reactivate the
AUTO mode.
O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
There are four positions.
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering column.
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
149
This light comes on in the
instrument cluster when the
IntelliBeam system is enabled.
The system turns the high-beam
headlamps on when it is dark
enough and there is no other traffic
present.
If equipped, this system turns the
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
and off according to surrounding
traffic conditions.
IntelliBeam® System
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
Lighting
Lighting
There is a sensor near the top
center of the windshield that
automatically controls the system.
The system only activates the high
beams when driving over 40 km/h
(25 mph).
Driving with IntelliBeam
To enable the IntelliBeam system,
press b on the turn signal lever
when it is dark outside and the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO
or 5. The blue high-beam on light
appears on the instrument cluster
when the high beams are on.
Turning On and Enabling
IntelliBeam
150
The high beams may not turn off
automatically if the system cannot
detect another vehicle's lamps
because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are
missing, damaged, obstructed
from view, or otherwise
undetected.
. The other vehicle's lamps are
covered with dirt, snow, and/or
road spray.
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot
be detected due to dense
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road
spray, mist, or other airborne
obstructions.
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,
cracked, or obstructed by
something that blocks the view
of the light sensor.
The IntelliBeam system will turn
off if the fog lamps are
turned on.
The high-beam headlamps remain
on, under the automatic control,
until one of the following situations
occurs:
. The system detects an
approaching vehicle's
headlamps.
. The system detects a preceding
vehicle's taillamps.
. The outside light is bright
enough that high-beam
headlamps are not required.
. The vehicle's speed drops below
20 km/h (12 mph).
. The IntelliBeam system is
disabled by the button on the
turn signal lever. If this happens,
press b on the turn signal
lever when the exterior lamp
control is in the AUTO or 5
position to reactivate the
IntelliBeam system. The
instrument cluster light will come
on to indicate the IntelliBeam
system is reactivated.
Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.
The vehicle is being driven on
winding or hilly roads.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the
high-beam headlamps are on.
Push the turn signal lever away
from you and release, to turn the
high beams on. To return to low
beams, push the lever again or pull
it toward you and release.
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
The IntelliBeam system may need to
be disabled if any of the above
conditions exist.
The vehicle is loaded such that
the front end points upward,
causing the light sensor to aim
high and not detect headlamps
and taillamps.
The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
The vehicle is not in P (Park).
The light sensor determines it is
daytime.
The DRL system comes on in
daylight when the following
conditions are met:
. The ignition is on.
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of your vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
To flash the high beams, pull the
turn signal lever toward you
momentarily and then release it.
The flash-to-pass feature works with
the low beams or Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) on or off.
Flash-to-Pass
151
When the exterior lamp control is
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
outside, the headlamps come on
automatically.
Automatic Headlamp
System
The regular headlamp system
should be turned on when needed.
The DRL turn off when the
headlamps are turned to O or the
ignition is off. For vehicles first sold
in Canada, the DRL can only be
turned off when the vehicle is
parked.
When the DRL are on, the taillamps,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not be
on. The instrument cluster will be lit.
Lighting
Lighting
The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to O or the ignition
is off.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the
sensor; otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.
152
Hazard Warning Flashers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to O
or ; to disable this feature.
Lights On with Wipers
An arrow on the instrument cluster
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change.
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
Press | again to turn the
flashers off.
rear turn signal lamps flash on and
off. This warns others that you are
having trouble.
| : Press to make the front and
Have any burned out bulbs
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse. See Instrument
Panel Fuse Block 0 289.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
The lever returns to its starting
position when it is released.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane
change is complete. If the lever is
moved momentarily to the lane
change position, the arrow will flash
three times.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
off. An indicator light on the
instrument cluster comes on when
the fog lamps are on.
# : If equipped, press to turn on or
To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition
and the headlamps or parking lamps
must be on.
The fog lamps button is on the
instrument panel beside the steering
wheel.
Fog Lamps
153
Push the knob in all the way until it
extends out and then turn the knob
clockwise or counterclockwise to
brighten or dim the lights.
The knob for this feature is on the
instrument panel beside the steering
column.
The brightness of the instrument
cluster display, infotainment display
and controls, steering wheel
controls, and all other illuminated
controls, as well as feature status
indicators can be adjusted.
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
Interior Lighting
Lighting
Lighting
dome lamps when a door is open.
An indicator light on the button will
turn on when the dome lamp
j OFF : Press to turn off the
To operate, press the following
buttons:
The dome lamp controls are in the
overhead console.
Dome Lamps
The courtesy lamps come on when
any door is opened and the j
OFF indicator light is turned off. See
Dome Lamps 0 154.
Courtesy Lamps
154
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
Front Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps on the
overhead console and over the rear
passenger doors. These lamps
come on when any door is opened.
Reading Lamps
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome
lamps on manually.
override is activated. Press j
OFF again to deactivate this feature
and the indicator light will turn off.
The dome lamps will come on when
doors are opened.
Press the lamp lens to turn the rear
passenger reading lamps on or off.
Rear Reading Lamps
Press the lamp lenses to turn the
front reading lamps on or off.
Some exterior lamps and interior
lamps come on at night, or in areas
with limited lighting, when the driver
door is opened after the ignition is
turned off. The dome lamp comes
on after the ignition is turned off.
The exterior lamps and dome lamp
remain on for a set amount of time,
then automatically turn off.
Exit Lighting
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
Some exterior lamps and interior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
door is opened, the interior lamps
come on. They stay on for about
20 seconds. When all of the doors
have been closed or the ignition is
turned on, they gradually fade out.
Entry Lighting
Lighting Features
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC), you may see the
voltage move up or down. This is
normal. If there is a problem, an
alert will be displayed.
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates
the battery's temperature and state
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
for best performance and extended
life of the battery.
Battery Load
Management
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamp control off.
155
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, rear
window defogger, climate control fan
at high speed, heated seats, engine
cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads
plugged into accessory power
outlets.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all of the
power needed for very high
electrical loads.
Lighting
Lighting
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver
This feature shuts off the interior
lamps if they are left on for more
than 10 minutes when the ignition is
off. This helps to prevent the battery
from running down.
Battery Power Protection
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible.
156
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Introduction
Infotainment
System
See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings.
Infotainment
Introduction
Infotainment System
157
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Maintenance
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Air Vents
7. Air Recirculation
6. Rear Window Defogger
5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
4. Defrost
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
1. Fan Control
TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the temperature.
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed or turn the
fan off.
9 : Turn clockwise or
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be
controlled.
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 158
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Climate Control Systems
Climate Controls
Climate Controls
158
See Air Vents 0 163.
Do not drive the vehicle until all
windows are clear.
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
directed to the windshield and the
side window vents. The air
conditioning compressor also comes
on, unless the outside temperature
is below freezing.
0 : Press to clear the windshield
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
the windshield, floor outlets, and
side window vents.
- : This mode clears the windows
outlets, with some to the windshield,
side window outlets, and second
row floor outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor
instrument panel and floor outlets.
\ : Air is divided between the
panel outlets.
Y : Air is directed to the instrument
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
Y, \, [ , or - to change the
direction of the airflow. An indicator
light comes on in the selected mode
button.
The rear window defogger only
works when the ignition is on. The
defogger turns off if the ignition is
turned to off or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.
K : Press to turn the rear window
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
Rear Window Defogger
An indicator light comes on. Air is
recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
used to help reduce outside air and
odors that enter the vehicle.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation.
A/C : Press to turn the air
conditioning system on or off. An
indicator light comes on to show
that the air conditioning is enabled.
The A/C light will stay on even if the
outside temperatures are below
freezing and the compressor does
not run. If the fan is turned off, the
air conditioner will not run.
159
Heated Mirror : If equipped with
heated outside mirrors, the mirrors
heat to help clear fog or frost from
the surface of the mirror when the
rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 49.
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Caution
Climate Controls
Climate Controls
The system automatically controls
the following four functions to heat
or cool the vehicle to the desired
temperature:
. Fan Speed
5. Defrost
8. Rear Window Defogger
7. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
Air Delivery Mode
Automatic Operation
4. Fan Control
11. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
6. Passenger Temperature
Control
10. Air Recirculation
9. Power Button
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
1. Driver Temperature Control
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be
controlled.
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
160
Recirculation
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather.
To find your comfort setting,
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and
allow the system time to
stabilize. Then adjust the
temperature as needed for best
comfort.
2. Set the driver and passenger
temperature.
1. Press AUTO.
To place the system in
automatic mode:
When the AUTO indicator light is lit,
all four functions are operating
automatically. Each function can be
manually set and the selected
setting will be shown. This cancels
full automatic operation and the
AUTO indicator light turns off.
Functions that are not manually set
will continue to be automatically
controlled, although the AUTO
indicator light will not be lit.
Air Conditioning
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Press the
knob to turn the fan off.
9 : Turn clockwise or
system on or off. When off, no air
will flow into the vehicle. Turning the
fan on, pressing any other button,
or turning a knob will turn the
system back on.
O : Press to turn the climate control
Manual Operation
Do not cover the solar sensor on the
top of the instrument panel near the
windshield. This sensor regulates
air temperature based on sun load.
See “Sensors” later in this section.
The recirculation light will not come
on when automatically controlled.
Press @ to manually select
recirculation; press it again to select
outside air.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
Y, \, [ , or - to change the
direction of the airflow. An indicator
light comes on in the selected mode
button.
The driver side or passenger side
temperature display shows the
temperature setting increasing or
decreasing.
SYNC : Press to link the passenger
temperature settings to the driver
setting. The SYNC indicator light will
turn on. When the passenger
temperature settings are adjusted,
the SYNC indicator light is off.
Turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the driver or passenger
temperature setting.
Driver and Passenger
Temperature Control : The
temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and
passenger.
161
See Air Vents 0 163.
Do not drive the vehicle until all
windows are clear.
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
directed to the windshield and the
side window vents. The air
conditioning compressor also comes
on, unless the outside temperature
is below freezing.
0 : Press to clear the windshield
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
the windshield, floor outlets, and
side window vents.
- : This mode clears the windows
[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some to the windshield,
side window outlets, and second
row floor outlets.
instrument panel and floor outlets.
\ : Air is divided between the
panel outlets.
Y : Air is directed to the instrument
Changing the mode cancels the
automatic operation and the system
goes into manual mode. Press
AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
Climate Controls
Climate Controls
An indicator light comes on. Air is
recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
used to help reduce outside air and
odors that enter the vehicle.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation.
A/C : Press to turn the air
conditioning system on or off. An
indicator light comes on to show
that the air conditioning is enabled.
If the fan is turned off, the air
conditioner will not run. The A/C
light will stay on even if the outside
temperatures are below freezing
and the A/C compressor may be off.
162
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Caution
The rear window defogger only
works when the ignition is on. The
defogger turns off if the ignition is
turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.
K : Press to turn the rear window
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
Rear Window Defogger
Do not cover the sensor; otherwise
the automatic climate control system
may not work properly.
The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the
temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode
for best comfort.
The solar sensor on top of the
instrument panel near the
windshield, monitors the solar heat.
Sensor
Heated Mirror : If equipped with
heated outside mirrors, the mirrors
heat to help clear fog or frost from
the surface of the mirror when the
rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 49.
Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
. Clear snow off the hood to
improve visibility and help
decrease moisture drawn into
the vehicle, which may improve
long term system performance.
To open or close off the airflow:
. On the center air vents, move
the slider knobs up or down.
. On the outer air vents, move the
slider knobs right or left.
Use the louvers located on the air
vents to change the direction of the
airflow.
Air Vents
Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Do not attach any devices to the
air vent slats. This restricts
airflow and may cause damage
to the air vents.
163
1. Open the glove box.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 344.
To find out what type of filter to use,
see Maintenance Replacement
Parts 0 354.
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
Maintenance
Climate Controls
Climate Controls
2. Disconnect the glove box door
damper (1) from the glove box
door assembly by squeezing
the pivot (2) to release the
damper ring.
164
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
the glove box.
6. Close the service door
completely.
5. Install the new air filter.
4. Press the latches on either side
of the service door inward to
release. Open the service door
and remove the old filter.
3. Squeeze both sides of the
glove box bin inward to lower
beyond the stops.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
Service
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting and Operating
Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . .
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . .
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Information
Driving and
Operating
188
181
182
184
187
166
166
166
167
167
168
168
168
168
169
169
170
174
175
176
177
177
191
191
188
189
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . .
Brakes
205
206
208
208
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Drive Systems
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 199
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Automatic Transmission
Diesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . . . 194
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . 193
Diesel Particulate Filter
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Engine Exhaust
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
Fuel (Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
California Fuel Requirements
(Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Fuels in Foreign Countries
(Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Fuel
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 217
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 218
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 227
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 229
Driver Assistance Systems
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Cruise Control
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 211
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 212
Ride Control Systems
Driving and Operating
245
248
250
251
245
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Conversions and Add-Ons
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .
Trailer Towing
245
240
241
243
240
237
237
235
236
233
232
233
Driving and Operating
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . .
What Fuel to Use in the U.S.
(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What Fuel to Use in Canada
and Mexico (Diesel) . . . . . . . . .
Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cold Weather Operation
(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water in Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . .
Running Out of Fuel
(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Filter Replacement
(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling the Tank (Gasoline) . . . .
Filling the Tank (Diesel) . . . . . . .
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
166
Most serious injuries and fatalities to
unbelted occupants can be reduced
or prevented by the use of seat
belts. In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly
more likely to die than a person
wearing a seat belt. In addition,
avoiding excessive speed, sudden
or abrupt turns, and drunken or
aggressive driving can help make
trips safer and avoid the possibility
of a crash.
Being aware of these factors can
help in understanding how the
vehicle handles and what can be
done to avoid many types of
crashes, including a rollover crash.
Driving is an important
responsibility. Driver behavior, the
driving environment, and the
vehicle's design all affect how well a
vehicle performs.
Driver Behavior
Driving Information
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types
of vehicles. This is because they
have a higher ground clearance and
a narrower track or shorter
wheelbase than passenger cars,
which makes them more capable for
off-road driving. While these design
characteristics provide the driver
with a better view of the road, these
vehicles do have a higher center of
gravity than other types of vehicles.
A utility vehicle does not handle the
same as a vehicle with a lower
center of gravity, like a car, in similar
situations.
Vehicle Design
Learn more about driving in different
conditions and off-road driving in
this section.
Be prepared for driving in inclement
weather, at night, or during other
times where visibility or traction may
be limited, such as on curves,
slippery roads, or hilly terrain.
Unfamiliar surroundings can also
have hidden hazards.
Driving Environment
To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your
hands on the steering wheel, and
focus your attention on driving.
. Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
Distracted Driving
Safe driver behavior and
understanding of the environment
can help avoid a rollover crash in
any type of vehicle, including utility
vehicles.
Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.
Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.
Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.
Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.
Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
167
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 67.
. Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
. Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
Defensive Driving
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
system and the navigation system,
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone.
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
{ Warning
Driving and Operating
Focus on the task of driving.
Driving and Operating
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.
Control of a Vehicle
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
{ Warning
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
Drunk Driving
168
Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
. Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Braking
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time, power
assist may be reduced.
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel and is
held against that position for an
extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced.
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time while the
vehicle is not moving, power assist
may be reduced.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort.
The vehicle has electric power
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required.
Electric Power Steering
Steering
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Reduce speed before entering a
curve.
Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) allows steering while
braking.
Steering in Emergencies
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Curve Tips
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the
system cools down.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
Off-Road Recovery
169
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
. Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
. Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Skidding
Loss of Control
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
170
When driving off-road, bouncing
and quick changes in direction
can easily throw you out of
position. This could cause you to
lose control and crash. You and
your passengers should always
wear seat belts.
{ Warning
Controlling the vehicle is the key to
successful off-road driving. One of
the best ways to control the vehicle
is to control the speed.
All-wheel-drive vehicles can be
used for off-road driving. Vehicles
without all-wheel drive and vehicles
not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or
On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not
be driven off-road except on a level,
solid surface. To contact the tire
manufacturer for more information
about the original equipment tires,
see the warranty manual.
Off-Road Driving
Read all the information about
all-wheel-drive vehicles in this
manual.
Make sure all underbody
shields, if equipped, are properly
attached.
Know the local laws that apply to
off-road driving.
Unsecured cargo on the
load floor can be tossed
about when driving over
rough terrain. You or your
(Continued)
{ Warning
Loading the Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving
Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
and check inflation pressure in
all tires, including the spare,
if equipped.
Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed.
Before Driving Off-Road
Heavy loads on the roof
raise the vehicle's center of
gravity, making it more likely
to roll over. You can be
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
heavy loads inside the
cargo area, not on the roof.
For more information about loading
the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
0 177.
Keep cargo in the cargo
area as far forward and as
low as possible. The
heaviest things should be
on the floor, forward of the
rear axle.
passengers can be struck
by flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly.
Warning (Continued)
Many hills are simply too steep
for any vehicle. Driving up hills
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss
of control. Driving across hills can
cause a rollover. You could be
injured or killed. Do not drive on
steep hills.
{ Warning
Driving to the top of a hill at high
speed can cause an accident.
There could be a drop-off,
embankment, cliff, or even
another vehicle. You could be
(Continued)
{ Warning
Use headlamps even during the
day to make the vehicle more
visible.
When possible, drive straight up
or down the hill.
Driving safely on hills requires good
judgment and an understanding of
what the vehicle can and cannot do.
Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill.
Do not park over things that
burn. See Parking over Things
That Burn 0 191.
When driving on hills:
. Use a low gear and keep a firm
grip on the steering wheel.
. Maintain a slow speed.
Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.
Before driving on a hill, assess the
steepness, traction, and
obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before
driving further.
171
Driving on Hills
Always use established trails,
roads, and areas that have been
set aside for public off-road
recreational driving and obey all
posted regulations.
Environmental Concerns
Driving and Operating
When driving down a hill, keep
the vehicle headed straight
down. Use a low gear because
the engine will work with the
brakes to slow the vehicle and
help keep the vehicle under
control.
Heavy braking when going down
a hill can cause your brakes to
overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed.
Apply the brakes lightly when
(Continued)
{ Warning
Never go downhill forward or
backward with the transmission
in N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
control.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
restart the engine.
. If driving uphill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to
R (Reverse), release the
parking brake, and back
straight down.
. Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
enough to stall the vehicle,
it is steep enough to cause
it to roll over.
. If you cannot make it up the
hill, back straight down
the hill.
1. Apply the brakes to stop the
vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
descending a hill and use a low
gear to keep vehicle speed under
control.
seriously injured or killed. As you
near the top of a hill, slow down
and stay alert.
Warning (Continued)
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
172
If driving downhill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to a
lower gear, release the
parking brake, and drive
straight down the hill.
Avoid turns that take the vehicle
across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
up or down might be too steep to
drive across. Driving across an
incline puts more weight on the
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and
seek help.
3. If the vehicle cannot be
restarted after stalling, set the
parking brake, shift into
P (Park), and turn the
vehicle off.
Never back down a hill in
N (Neutral) using only the
brake. The vehicle can roll
backward quickly and you
could lose control.
Surface conditions can be a
problem. Loose gravel, muddy
spots, or even wet grass can
cause the tires to slip sideways,
downhill. If the vehicle slips
sideways, it can hit something
that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
etc. — and roll over.
Hidden obstacles can make the
steepness of the incline more
severe. If a rock is driven across
with the uphill wheels, or if the
downhill wheels drop into a rut
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
even more.
If an incline must be driven
across, and the vehicle starts to
slide, turn downhill. This should
help straighten out the vehicle
and prevent the side slipping.
downhill wheels which could
cause a downhill slide or a
rollover.
Traction changes when driving on
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand. This
affects steering, accelerating, and
braking. Drive at a reduced speed
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
Use a low gear when driving in
mud — the deeper the mud, the
lower the gear. Keep the vehicle
moving to avoid getting stuck.
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice
Getting out of the vehicle on the
downhill side when stopped
across an incline is dangerous.
If the vehicle rolls over, you could
be crushed or killed. Always get
out on the uphill side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the
rollover path.
Warning
173
Driving through rushing water can
be dangerous. Deep water can
sweep your vehicle downstream
and you and your passengers
could drown. If it is only shallow
water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires.
(Continued)
{ Warning
Driving in Water
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the
vehicle could fall through the ice;
you and your passengers could
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.
{ Warning
Traction is reduced on hard packed
snow and ice and it is easy to lose
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
driving on hard packed snow
and ice.
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
Driving and Operating
If the standing water is not too deep,
drive through it slowly. At faster
speeds, water can get into the
engine and cause it to stall. Stalling
can occur if the exhaust pipe is
under water. Do not turn off the
ignition when driving through water.
If the exhaust pipe is under water,
the engine will not start. When going
through water, the brakes get wet
and it may take longer to stop. See
Driving on Wet Roads 0 174.
Do not drive through standing
water if it is deep enough to cover
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the
axle and other vehicle parts.
Caution
Traction could be lost, and the
vehicle could roll over. Do not
drive through rushing water.
174
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.
Driving on Wet Roads
More frequent maintenance service
is required. See the Maintenance
Schedule 0 344.
After operation in mud or sand,
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can
cause glazing and uneven braking.
Check the body structure, steering,
suspension, wheels, tires, and
exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
Remove any brush or debris that
has collected on the underbody or
chassis, or under the hood. These
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
After Off-Road Driving
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
{ Warning
Pass with caution.
Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 293.
Turn off cruise control.
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
. Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Hydroplaning
175
Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.
Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, accident).
Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
swing wide or cross the
center line.
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear.
{ Warning
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating
too quickly causes the wheels to
spin and makes the surface
under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 208.
. The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) improves vehicle stability
during hard stops, but the
brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 205.
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Winter Driving
176
Turn off cruise control.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 365. To get
help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
Blizzard Conditions
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear.
Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Clear snow from the base of
the vehicle, especially any
blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the vehicle side
that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
(Continued)
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
{ Warning
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to
save fuel.
To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.
For more information about CO,
see Engine Exhaust 0 192.
the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
Control Systems.”
Warning (Continued)
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
{ Warning
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 208.
177
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it may
properly carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.
Vehicle Load Limits
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle 0 330.
Driving and Operating
{
Warning
Driving and Operating
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.
178
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). The tire and loading
information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
Example Label
Tire and Loading Information
Label
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
1. Locate the statement "The
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axle. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
this section.
cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires 0 293
and Tire Pressure 0 300.
the available amount of
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
4. The resulting figure equals
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
2. Determine the combined
See Trailer Towing 0 248 for
important information on towing
a trailer, towing safety rules and
trailering tips.
a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
5. Determine the combined
179
for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
Example 1
Driving and Operating
180
for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 91 kg
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight
= 0 kg (0 lbs).
for Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight
= 113 kg (250 lbs).
Refer to the vehicle's tire and
loading information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
Example 2
Driving and Operating
The label may show the size of
the vehicle's original tires and
the inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. The label shows
the gross weight capacity of the
vehicle. This is called the Gross
A vehicle-specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
center pillar (B-pillar).
Label Example
Certification/Tire Label
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
Caution
The Certification/Tire label may
also show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of
the centerline.
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight
of the vehicle, all occupants,
fuel, and cargo.
Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
Secure loose items in the
vehicle.
Do not leave a seat
folded down unless
needed.
Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
{ Warning
181
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
(Continued)
Caution
New Vehicle Break-In
Starting and
Operating
Driving and Operating
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
Caution (Continued)
Driving and Operating
The vehicle has an electronic
keyless ignition with pushbutton
start.
Ignition Positions
Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.
182
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
ignition will return to ACC/
ACCESSORY and display the
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
ignition will turn off, and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 188.
Stopping the Engine/Off (No
Indicator Lights) : When the
vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE
START/STOP once to turn the
engine off.
To shift out of P (Park), vehicles with
a gasoline engine must be turned
on, and the brake pedal must be
applied. For vehicles with a diesel
engine, the vehicle does not need to
be on to shift out of P (Park). See
Shifting out of Park 0 189.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter must be in the vehicle for
the system to operate. If the
pushbutton start is not working, the
vehicle may be near a strong radio
antenna signal causing interference
to the Keyless Access system. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 29.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
The vehicle may have an electric
steering column lock. The lock is
activated when the vehicle is turned
off and either front door is opened.
A sound may be heard as the lock
actuates or releases. The steering
column lock may not release with
the wheels turned off center. If this
happens, the vehicle may not start.
Move the steering wheel from left to
right while attempting to start the
vehicle. If this does not work, the
vehicle needs service.
message SHIFT TO PARK in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
When the vehicle is shifted into
P (Park), the ignition system will
turn off.
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
(Continued)
{ Warning
4. Set the electric parking brake.
See Electric Parking Brake
0 206.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the
ignition off. The vehicle must
be in P (Park) to turn the
ignition off.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
If the vehicle must be turned off in
an emergency:
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light) : This mode is for starting
and driving. With the ignition off and
the brake pedal applied, pressing
the button once will turn the ignition
The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to OFF after
five minutes to prevent battery
rundown.
With the ignition off, pressing the
button one time without the brake
pedal applied will place the ignition
system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Indicator Light) : This mode allows
you to use some electrical
accessories when the engine is off.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over
and must be shut off while driving,
press and hold ENGINE START/
STOP for longer than two seconds,
or press twice in five seconds.
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
Warning (Continued)
183
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off and
the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding ENGINE
START/STOP for more than
five seconds will place the vehicle in
Service Mode. The instruments and
audio systems will operate as they
do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will
not be able to be driven. The engine
will not start in Service Mode. Press
ENGINE START/STOP again to turn
the vehicle off.
Service Mode
on. Once engine cranking begins,
release the button. Engine cranking
will continue until the engine starts.
See Starting the Engine 0 184. The
ignition will then remain in on.
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 251.
Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Caution
Shift the vehicle into P (Park) or
N (Neutral). To restart the engine
when the vehicle is already moving,
use N (Neutral) only.
Starting the Engine
184
If the RKE transmitter is not in
the vehicle, if there is
interference, or if the RKE
battery is low, a Driver
Information Center (DIC) will
display a message. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 29.
The idle speed will go down as
the engine gets warm. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it.
1. With the Keyless Access
system, the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter must
be in the vehicle. Press
ENGINE START/STOP with the
brake pedal applied. When the
engine begins cranking, let go
of the button.
Gasoline Engine Starting
Procedure
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there as
you press ENGINE START/
STOP. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to allow the
cranking motor to cool down.
When the engine starts,
release the accelerator. If the
vehicle starts briefly but then
stops again, do the same thing.
This clears the extra gasoline
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by trying to start
the engine immediately after
cranking has ended, can overheat
and damage the cranking motor,
and drain the battery. Wait at
least 15 seconds between each
try, to let the cranking motor
cool down.
Caution
The engine has a fast warm-up
glow plug system. The
wait-to-start light will illuminate
for a much shorter time than
2. As soon as the wait-to-start
light goes off, immediately
press ENGINE START/STOP
with the brake pedal applied to
start.
1. With the Keyless Access
system, the RKE transmitter
must be in the vehicle. Press
ENGINE START/STOP and
observe the wait-to-start light.
See Wait-to-Start Light 0 131.
This light may not come on if
the engine is warm.
The diesel engine starts differently
than a gasoline engine.
Diesel Engine Starting Procedure
from the engine. Do not race
the engine immediately after
starting it. Operate the engine
and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates
all moving parts.
When the engine is cold, let it run
for a few minutes before driving.
This lets oil pressure build up. The
engine will sound louder when it
is cold.
If you are trying to start the engine
after the vehicle has run out of fuel,
follow the steps in Running Out of
Fuel (Diesel) 0 240.
3. If the engine does not start
after 15 seconds of cranking,
wait one minute for the
cranking motor to cool, then try
the same steps again.
If the wait-to-start light stays on
after starting the vehicle, the
vehicle may not run properly.
Have the vehicle serviced
right away.
Caution
most diesel engines, due to the
rapid heating of the glow plug
system.
185
If the light does not go off, wait a
few seconds, then try starting the
engine again. See your dealer for a
starting system check.
Press ENGINE START/STOP.
Immediately after the wait-to-start
light goes off, press ENGINE
START/STOP to start the vehicle.
If the vehicle is not out of fuel, and
the engine will not start:
If the vehicle has run out of fuel, see
Running Out of Fuel (Diesel) 0 240.
If the Diesel Engine Will Not
Start
See Fuel for Diesel Engines 0 233
for information on what fuel to use in
cold weather.
Use the recommended engine oil
when the outside temperature drops
below freezing. See Engine Oil
0 263. When the outside
temperature drops below –18°C
(0°F), use of the engine heater is
recommended.
Cold Weather Starting (Diesel
Engine)
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Do not use gasoline or starting
aids, such as ether, in the air
intake. They could damage the
(Continued)
{ Warning
If the engine starts, runs a short
time, then stops, the vehicle needs
service.
Be sure to use the proper fuel for
existing weather conditions. See
Fuel for Diesel Engines 0 233.
Check that the correct engine oil
has been used and changed at
appropriate intervals. If the wrong oil
is used, the engine may be harder
to start.
If the batteries do not have enough
charge to start the engine, see
Battery - North America 0 278.
If the light does not come on when
the engine is cold, the vehicle
needs service.
If the light comes on and then goes
off, and it is known that the batteries
are charged, but the engine still will
not start, the vehicle needs service.
186
Shift to P (Park) and turn the
ignition off before exiting the
vehicle.
Exiting the vehicle without first
shifting into P (Park) may cause
the vehicle to move. You or others
may be injured. Because the
vehicle may have an auto engine
Stop/Start feature, the vehicle's
engine might seem to be shut off;
however, once the brake pedal is
released, the engine will start up
again. The engine may restart
even while the brake is applied.
{ Warning
Stop/Start System
engine, which may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
They could also cause a fire,
which could cause serious
personal injury.
Warning (Continued)
Auto Stop may be deactivated if:
. A minimum vehicle speed is not
reached.
. The engine or transmission is
not at the required operating
temperature.
. The outside temperature is not
in the required operating range,
typically between −10 °C (14 °F)
and 50 °C (122 °F).
. The vehicle is in any gear other
than D (Drive).
. The battery has been recently
disconnected.
. The battery charge is low.
When the brakes are applied and
the vehicle is at a complete stop,
the engine may turn off. When the
brake pedal is released or the
accelerator pedal is pressed, the
engine may restart.
Auto Engine Stop/Start
The vehicle has a fuel saving stop/
start system to shut off the engine
and help conserve fuel.
The Auto Stop time is greater
than two minutes.
Engine Heater
The interior comfort level has not
reached the required level for
the climate control system or
defog settings. See Dual
Automatic Climate Control
System 0 160.
2. Remove the heater cord from
the rear compartment.
1. Turn off the engine.
To Use the Engine Heater
The engine heater, if available, can
help in cold weather conditions at or
below −18 °C (0 °F) for easier
starting and better fuel economy
during engine warm-up. Plug in the
engine heater at least four hours
before starting the vehicle. An
internal thermostat in the plug end
of the cord will prevent engine
heater operation at temperatures
above −18 °C (0 °F).
Do not plug in the engine block
heater while the vehicle is parked
in a garage or under a carport.
Property damage or personal
injury may result. Always park the
vehicle in a clear open area away
from buildings or structures.
Warning
187
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
. Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
electric shock.
. Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
(Continued)
{ Warning
5. Plug the other end of the cord
into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.
4. Plug the cord into the
receptacle in the front fascia.
3. Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.
Driving and Operating
Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat
damage could occur.
While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.
Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach
the cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from
any moving parts.
Failure to use the
recommended extension
cord in good operating
condition, or using a
damaged heater or
extension cord, could make
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
Warning (Continued)
Driving and Operating
188
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the vehicle is not in
P (Park) with the parking brake
(Continued)
{ Warning
Shifting Into Park
The infotainment system will
continue to work for 10 minutes,
until the driver door is opened,
or until the ignition is turned on or
placed in ACC/ACCESSORY.
The power windows and sunroof,
if equipped, will continue to work for
up to 10 minutes or until any door is
opened.
Some vehicle accessories may be
used after the ignition is turned off.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
3. Turn the ignition off.
2. Press P (Park).
See Electric Parking Brake
0 206 for more information.
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake.
To shift into P (Park):
set. The vehicle can roll. If you
have left the engine running, the
vehicle can move suddenly. You
or others could be injured. To be
sure the vehicle will not move,
even when you are on fairly level
ground, use the steps that follow.
If you are pulling a trailer, see
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 245.
Warning (Continued)
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
shift the vehicle to P (Park). See
Shifting Into Park 0 188. If you
are towing a trailer, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 245.
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the vehicle is not in
P (Park) with the parking brake
set. The vehicle can roll.
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
{ Warning
Leaving the Vehicle With the
Engine Running
If torque lock does occur, the
vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
On certain steep grades, the
transmission will automatically set
the parking brake to prevent
torque lock.
Torque lock is when the weight of
the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
listed previously.
Torque Lock
Confirm that the vehicle is in
P (Park).
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, the vehicle must
be in P (Park) with the parking
brake set.
189
If the vehicle cannot shift out of
P (Park), a Driver Information
Center (DIC) message will be
displayed. See your dealer for
service.
4. The P indicator will turn white
and the gear indicator will turn
red when the vehicle is no
longer in P (Park).
3. Press/Pull the desired shift
switch on the front shift
console.
2. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
1. Apply the brake pedal.
To shift out of P (Park):
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic transmission. If the
vehicle has an uncharged battery or
a battery with low voltage, try
charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 327.
Shifting out of Park
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
The transmission will be placed in
N (Neutral) when the manual park
release is pulled. The vehicle can
roll and you or others could be
injured. Ensure the vehicle is on
level ground.
{ Warning
Vehicles with a gasoline engine may
include a manual park release that
can be used to shift the vehicle into
N (Neutral) when the engine is not
running.
Manual Park Release (Gasoline
Engine Only)
Vehicles with a Diesel do not have
manual park release and the ignition
does not need to be on to shift out
of P (Park). To shift from P (Park) to
N (Neutral) with the engine not
running, the driver must press the
N (Neutral) button for at least
one second.
Diesel Engine Only
190
2. Turn the vehicle off.
1. Ensure the vehicle is on level
ground and set the parking
brake. Release the brake
pedal.
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)
using the manual park release:
Pulling the manual park release
while the vehicle is on or turning the
ignition on while the manual park
release is pulled, will result in a
Service Transmission message
being displayed.
The manual park release is not
intended to be used for towing.
Damage may result from using
the manual park release in this
way. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
4. Ensure more than one minute
has elapsed since Step 2.
Apply the brake pedal.
3. Use a flat-bladed tool to
remove the interior trim panel
on the center console to the
right of the accelerator pedal.
1. Bring the vehicle to a
complete stop.
To return the vehicle to P (Park)
using the manual park release:
6. Release the brake pedal, place
the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY and release the
parking brake.
5. Pull the manual park release
lever 90° to its latching
position.
4. Confirm that the vehicle is in
P (Park) by turning the ignition
on or placing the ignition in
ACC/ACCESSORY, then
ensure that the indicator
displays P.
3. Apply the parking brake.
2. Rotate the manual park release
90° back to its original position.
191
It is better not to park with the
vehicle running. If the vehicle is left
while running, follow the proper
steps to be sure the vehicle will not
move and there is adequate
ventilation.
See Shifting Into Park 0 188 and
Engine Exhaust 0 192.
Extended Parking
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
{ Warning
Parking over Things
That Burn
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
taken out of P (Park) while it is
running.
If the vehicle is left parked while
running and the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter is outside
the vehicle, the vehicle will turn off
after one hour. If the vehicle is left
parked while running and the RKE
transmitter is inside, the vehicle will
turn off after two hours.
192
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
. The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
{ Warning
Engine Exhaust
There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
. Drive it only with the
windows completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Warning (Continued)
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 245.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park 0 188 and
Engine Exhaust 0 192.
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
While the DPF cleaning is
automatically controlled by the
engine computer, the vehicle will
need to operate continuously for
approximately 25 minutes and at
Depending on a number of factors
monitored by the engine computer,
the DPF will need to be cleaned of
accumulated solids. When a
cleaning is needed, the engine
computer will initiate a self-cleaning
function that runs automatically
during driving without any
notification. The filter is cleaned by
periodically burning off the soot
particles at high temperature. This
process takes place automatically
under set driving conditions and
may take up to 25 minutes. Fuel
consumption may be higher during
this period.
The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
system filters soot particles out of
the exhaust gases. The DPF is
under the vehicle in the exhaust
system.
Diesel Particulate
Filter
193
If the vehicle continues to be driven
with the DPF warning message on,
and the exhaust filter is not cleaned
To activate the cleaning process,
continue driving safely, and keep
vehicle speed above 50 km/h (30
mph) until the warning message in
the DIC turns off.
Cleaning Process
If the vehicle is used for numerous
short trips or extended slow-speed
operation, the engine computer may
not be able to adequately heat up
the exhaust system to clean the
DPF effectively. The engine
computer has been designed to
continuously monitor the condition
of the DPF. When the engine
computer detects that the DPF is
nearly full of particulates and that
the vehicle is not being operated in
a manner that would allow effective
automatic DPF cleaning, a Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
will display. Start the cleaning
process as soon as possible.
speeds greater than 50 km/h
(30 mph) to clean the DPF
effectively.
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
During DPF self cleaning or
during extended idling while
parked, the exhaust system and
exhaust gases are very hot.
Things that burn could touch hot
exhaust parts under the vehicle
and ignite. You or others could be
burned. Do not park, or idle for an
extended period of time, near or
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Keep the exhaust area clear of
material that could ignite or burn.
See Parking over Things That
Burn 0 191 for more information.
{ Warning
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 125.
as required, the malfunction
indicator lamp and the ENGINE
POWER IS REDUCED message
will come on. Dealer service is
necessary.
194
DEF is used with diesel engines to
reduce the amount of regulated
emissions produced. The fluid level
in the DEF tank must be maintained
for the vehicle to run correctly. The
capacity of the DEF tank is 18.5 L
(4.9 gal).
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is
corrosive. Do not allow it to come
in contact with your skin, eyes,
or the finished surfaces of the
vehicle. If exposed, it may cause
skin and eye irritation. Wear skin
and eye protection when
handling. Inhalation may cause
irritation to the upper respiratory
tract. Store in a cool,
well-ventilated area. For more
safety and storage information,
see the label of the Diesel
Exhaust Fluid container.
{ Warning
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
DEF can be purchased at a GMC
dealer. It can also be purchased at
authorized vehicle dealerships.
Additionally, some diesel fueling
stations or retailers may have DEF
for purchase. For vehicles with an
active OnStar subscription, OnStar
can help locate a DEF retailer. See
Customer Assistance Offices 0 363
for phone numbers to assist in
contacting a GM dealer. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353.
Locating Diesel Exhaust Fluid
It is normal to hear the DEF system
purge fluid back into the tank after
the vehicle is shut off.
When adding DEF to an empty or
very low tank, always add at least
7.6 L (2 gal) of fluid to release the
vehicle from speed limitation.
Use only DEF that is GM
approved, or fluid containing the
API certified or ISO 22241 label.
The use of other fluids could
damage the system, requiring
costly repairs that will not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Filling the DEF Tank
To avoid vehicle speed limitations,
the DEF tank should be refilled at
the first opportunity after a low
A full DEF tank will last for several
thousand kilometers (miles),
depending on vehicle usage. As the
exhaust fluid level drops, warnings
will automatically be displayed in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
Exhaust fluid level status is
available on the DIC under the
Vehicle Information menu. See
“Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)” in
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134.
Exhaust Fluid Low
The following actions describe
strategies required by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) and the California Air
Resource Board (CARB). The DEF
messages relate to these strategies.
If DEF is added under freezing
conditions, additional time may be
required to remove speed limitations
and may require less fluid to fill the
DEF tank.
If the vehicle speed has been
limited and DEF has been added, it
may take up to 30 seconds after
engine start with the vehicle
stopped for the EXHAUST FLUID
EMPTY REFILL NOW message to
clear. If the vehicle is driven prior to
the DIC message clearing, the
vehicle speed will still be limited.
If the DIC message clears while
driving, the speed limitation will be
removed gradually.
If you spill DEF during filling, wipe
any affected surface with a damp
cloth.
For information on how to fill the
DEF tank, see Filling the Tank
(Gasoline) 0 241 or Filling the Tank
(Diesel) 0 243.
warning indication. If DEF is added
before the EXHAUST FLUID
EMPTY REFILL NOW message
appears, it may take several km/mi
for the DIC message to update.
195
To prevent damage to the system,
do not overfill the DEF tank. When
fluid reaches the top of the fill pipe,
stop filling. Do not top off the
DEF tank.
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
If these warnings are ignored and
the DEF tank becomes empty, the
DIC message EXHAUST FLUID
EMPTY REFILL NOW - 563 KM
(350 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH)
MAX SPEED displays. The
displayed mileage will decrease as
driving continues. A warning light
also comes on.
Below 121 km (75 mi) of range
remaining, the DIC message
EXHAUST FLUID LOW SPEED
LIMITED SOON displays. This
message will display every time the
vehicle is started.
Below 500 km (300 mi) of range
remaining, these messages will
appear every time the vehicle is
started.
The DIC message EXHAUST
FLUID RANGE: XXXX km (mi)
displays at approximately 1 600 km
(1,000 mi) of fluid range remaining.
This message appears again at
approximately 500 km (300 mi) of
remaining range before the exhaust
fluid tank becomes empty.
196
When the mileage countdown is
zero, the DIC message EXHAUST
FLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H
(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A flashing warning light and a chime
also come on. Vehicle speed will be
reduced to a maximum speed limit
of 88 km/h (55 mph).
After the transition to 104 km/h
(65 mph) is complete, the DIC
message EXHAUST FLUID EMPTY
REFILL NOW - SPEED LIMITED
TO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM
(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)
MAX SPEED displays. The
displayed mileage will decrease as
driving continues. A warning light
and a chime also come on.
When the mileage countdown is
zero, the DIC message EXHAUST
FLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H
(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A warning light and a chime also
come on. Vehicle speed will be
reduced to a maximum speed limit
of 104 km/h (65 mph).
After the transition to 8 km/h (5 mph)
is complete, the DIC message
EXHAUST FLUID EMPTY REFILL
NOW - SPEED LIMITED TO 8 KM/H
(5 MPH) displays. A flashing
warning light and a chime also
come on.
When the mileage countdown is
zero, the DIC message EXHAUST
FLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 8 KM/H
(5 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A flashing warning light and a chime
also come on. Vehicle speed will be
reduced to a maximum speed limit
of 8 km/h (5 mph).
After the transition to 88 km/h
(55 mph) is complete, the DIC
message EXHAUST FLUID EMPTY
REFILL NOW - SPEED LIMITED
TO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM
(75 MI) UNTIL 8 KM/H (5 MPH) MAX
SPEED displays. The displayed
mileage will decrease as driving
continues. A flashing warning light
and a chime also come on.
All DEF has an expiration date.
If the system detects poor quality,
or contaminated or diluted DEF, the
DIC message EXHAUST FLUID
QUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERS
MANUAL NOW – 160 KM (99 MI)
UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH) MAX
SPEED displays. The displayed
mileage will decrease as driving
continues. A warning light also
comes on. Adding fresh DEF to the
system may resolve the problem,
depending on several factors. If the
DIC message persists, see your
dealer or additional DIC messages
may display.
Use only exhaust fluid that is GM
approved, or fluid containing the API
certified or ISO 22241 label.
Exhaust Fluid Quality Poor
See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
Warning Light 0 132 and
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353.
Add at least 7.6 L (2 gal) of fluid to
release the vehicle from speed
limitation from a very low or empty
tank. The capacity of the DEF tank
is 18.5 L (4.9 gal).
When the mileage countdown is
zero, the DIC message EXHAUST
FLUID QUALITY POOR - SEE
OWNERS MANUAL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H
(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A flashing warning light and a chime
After the transition to 104 km/h
(65 mph) is complete, the DIC
message EXHAUST FLUID
QUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERS
MANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITED
TO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM
(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)
MAX SPEED displays. The
displayed mileage will decrease as
driving continues. A warning light
and a chime also come on.
When the mileage countdown is
zero, a DIC message EXHAUST
FLUID QUALITY POOR - SEE
OWNERS MANUAL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H
(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A warning light and a chime also
come on. Vehicle speed will be
reduced to a maximum speed limit
of 104 km/h (65 mph).
197
After the transition to 8 km/h (5 mph)
is complete, a DIC message
EXHAUST FLUID QUALITY POOR
- SEE OWNERS MANUAL NOW SPEED LIMITED TO 8 KM/H
When the mileage countdown is
zero, a DIC message EXHAUST
FLUID QUALITY POOR - SEE
OWNERS MANUAL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 8 KM/H
(5 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A flashing warning light and a chime
also come on. Vehicle speed will be
reduced to a maximum speed limit
of 8 km/h (5 mph).
After the transition to 88 km/h
(55 mph) is complete, a DIC
message EXHAUST FLUID
QUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERS
MANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITED
TO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM
(75 MI) UNTIL 8 KM/H (5 MPH) MAX
SPEED displays. The displayed
mileage will decrease as driving
continues. A flashing warning light
and a chime also come on.
also come on. Vehicle speed will be
reduced to a maximum speed limit
of 88 km/h (55 mph).
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
When the mileage countdown is
zero, the DIC message SERVICE
EXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEE
OWNERS MANUAL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H
(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A warning light and a chime also
come on. Vehicle speed will be
reduced to a maximum speed limit
of 104 km/h (65 mph).
If a problem occurs with the DEF
system, the DIC message SERVICE
EXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEE
OWNERS MANUAL NOW – 160 KM
(99 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH)
MAX SPEED displays. The
displayed mileage will decrease as
driving continues. A warning light
also comes on. In some cases this
message will clear itself, indicating
that the DEF system was able to
correct the condition. If the DIC
message persists, see your dealer
or additional DIC messages may
display.
Service Exhaust Fluid System
(5 MPH) displays. A flashing
warning light and a chime also
come on.
198
After the transition to 88 km/h
(55 mph) is complete, the DIC
message SERVICE EXHAUST
FLUID SYSTEM - SEE OWNERS
MANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITED
TO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM
(75 MI) UNTIL 8 KM/H (5 MPH) MAX
SPEED displays. The displayed
When the mileage countdown is
zero, the DIC message SERVICE
EXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEE
OWNERS MANUAL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H
(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A flashing warning light and a chime
also come on. Vehicle speed will be
reduced to a maximum speed limit
of 88 km/h (55 mph).
After the transition to 104 km/h
(65 mph) is complete, a DIC
message SERVICE EXHAUST
FLUID SYSTEM - SEE OWNERS
MANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITED
TO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM
(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)
MAX SPEED displays. The
displayed mileage will decrease as
driving continues. A warning light
and a chime also come on.
If a problem occurs with the vehicle
emission system, the DIC message
SERVICE EMISSION SYSTEM SEE OWNERS MANUAL NOW –
282 KM (175 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H
(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
The displayed mileage will decrease
Service Emission System
After the transition to 8 km/h (5 mph)
is complete, the DIC message
SERVICE EXHAUST FLUID
SYSTEM - SEE OWNERS
MANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITED
TO 8 KM/H (5 MPH) displays.
A flashing warning light and a chime
also come on.
When the mileage countdown is
zero, the DIC message SERVICE
EXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEE
OWNERS MANUAL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 8 KM/H
(5 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A flashing warning light and a chime
also come on. Vehicle speed will be
reduced to a maximum speed limit
of 8 km/h (5 mph).
mileage will decrease as driving
continues. A flashing warning light
and a chime also come on.
After the transition to 104 km/h
(65 mph) is complete, the DIC
message SERVICE EMISSION
SYSTEM - SEE OWNERS
MANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITED
TO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM
(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)
MAX SPEED displays. The
displayed mileage will decrease as
driving continues. A chime also
comes on.
When the mileage countdown is
zero, the DIC message SERVICE
EMISSION SYSTEM - SEE
OWNERS MANUAL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H
(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A chime also comes on. Vehicle
speed will be reduced to a
maximum speed limit of 104 km/h
(65 mph).
as driving continues. In some cases
this message will clear itself,
indicating that the emission system
was able to correct the condition.
If the DIC message persists, see
your dealer or additional DIC
messages may display.
After the transition to 88 km/h
(55 mph) is complete, the DIC
message SERVICE EMISSION
SYSTEM - SEE OWNERS
MANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITED
TO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) displays.
A chime also comes on.
When the mileage countdown is
zero, the DIC message SERVICE
EMISSION SYSTEM - SEE
OWNERS MANUAL NOW TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H
(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.
A chime also comes on. Vehicle
speed will be reduced to a
maximum speed limit of 88 km/h
(55 mph).
199
The transmission does not operate
when the vehicle is off.
The shift switches are on the front
shift console. The selected gear
position will illuminate red on the
shift switch, while all others will be
displayed in white. If the shift is not
immediate, as in very cold
conditions, the indicator on the shift
switch may blink until it is fully
engaged.
Automatic
Transmission
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If the engine
has been left running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
(Continued)
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the transmission is not
in P (Park) with the parking brake
set. The vehicle can roll.
{ Warning
P : This position locks the drive
wheels. Use P (Park) when starting
the engine because the vehicle
cannot move easily.
If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed
twice while at a relatively high
speed, the engine will turn off and
the transmission will automatically
shift to N (Neutral). Once the vehicle
is stopped, P (Park) can be
selected.
If the vehicle is in ACC/
ACCESSORY, the transmission can
be shifted into P (Park).
200
The vehicle will not shift into
P (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stop
the vehicle and shift into P (Park).
When the vehicle is stopped, press
ENGINE START/STOP to turn off
the vehicle. The transmission will
shift to P (Park) automatically.
For vehicles with a diesel engine,
the vehicle does not need to be on
to shift out of P (Park).
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic transmission. The
R (Reverse) and D (Drive) shift
switches are designed to prevent
inadvertent shifting out of P (Park)
unless the ignition is on, and the
brake pedal is applied.
on fairly level ground, always set
the parking brake and place the
transmission into P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 188 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 245.
Warning (Continued)
At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)
can be used to rock the vehicle
back and forth to get out of snow,
ice, or sand without damaging the
transmission. See If the Vehicle Is
Stuck 0 177.
2. Shift to the desired gear.
1. Bring the vehicle to a
complete stop.
To shift out of R (Reverse):
2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on
the front shift console.
1. Bring the vehicle to a
complete stop.
To shift into R (Reverse):
If the vehicle is shifted from either
R (Reverse) to D (Drive),
or D (Drive) to R (Reverse) while the
speed is too high, the vehicle will
shift to N (Neutral). Reduce the
vehicle speed and try the shift
again.
R : Use this gear to back up.
To shift in and out of P (Park), see
Shifting Into Park 0 188 and Shifting
out of Park 0 189.
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
Caution
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
{ Warning
N : In this position, the engine does
not connect with the wheels. To
restart the engine when the vehicle
is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.
This vehicle includes a Car Wash
Mode that allows the vehicle to
remain in N (Neutral) for use in
automatic car washes.
Car Wash Mode
2. Shift to the desired gear.
1. Bring the vehicle to a
complete stop.
To shift out of N (Neutral):
To shift into N (Neutral), press the
N (Neutral) button until the
N (Neutral) indicator displays.
The vehicle is not designed to
stay in N (Neutral) for extended
periods of time. It will
automatically shift into P (Park).
Caution
201
6. The vehicle is now ready for
the car wash.
5. The indicator should continue
to show N. If it does not, repeat
Steps 2–4.
4. Turn off the engine and release
the brake pedal.
3. Shift to N (Neutral).
2. Apply the brake pedal.
1. Drive to the entrance of the
car wash.
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)
with the engine off and the vehicle
occupied:
Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –
Driver in Vehicle) – Gasoline
Engine Only
The vehicle is not designed to
stay in N (Neutral) for extended
periods of time. It will
automatically shift into P (Park) if
left in Car Wash Mode.
Caution
Driving and Operating
3. Place the ignition in
Service Mode.
8. Ensure the vehicle is in
P (Park) upon returning to the
vehicle.
7. Exit the vehicle and close the
door. The vehicle is now ready
for the car wash.
6. The indicator should continue
to show N. If it does not, repeat
Steps 2–5.
5. Turn off the engine and release
the brake pedal.
4. Shift to N (Neutral).
6. The vehicle is now ready for
the car wash.
5. Release the brake pedal. The
indicator should continue to
show N. If it does not, repeat
Steps 2–4.
4. Apply the brake pedal and shift
to N (Neutral).
3. Place the ignition in
Service Mode.
2. Shift to P (Park) and turn off the
vehicle.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Open the door.
2. Shift to P (Park) and turn off the
vehicle.
1. Drive to the entrance of the
car wash.
1. Drive to the entrance of the
car wash.
8. Ensure the vehicle is in
P (Park) upon returning to the
vehicle.
7. Exit the vehicle and close the
door. The vehicle is now ready
for the car wash.
6. Release the brake pedal. The
indicator should continue to
show N. If it does not, repeat
steps 2–5.
5. Apply the brake pedal and shift
to N (Neutral).
4. Open the door.
1. Drive to the entrance of the
car wash.
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)
with the engine off and the vehicle
unoccupied:
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)
with the engine off and the vehicle
occupied:
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)
with the engine off and the vehicle
unoccupied:
Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –
Driver out of Vehicle) – Diesel
Engine Only
Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –
Driver in Vehicle) – Diesel
Engine Only
Driving and Operating
Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –
Driver out of Vehicle) – Gasoline
Engine Only
202
7. Ensure the vehicle is in
P (Park) upon returning to the
vehicle.
1. Drive to the entrance of the
car wash.
4. Shift to N (Neutral), then
release the brake pedal.
3. Open the door.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
1. Drive to the entrance of the
car wash.
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)
with the engine on and the vehicle
unoccupied:
Car Wash Mode (Engine On –
Driver out of Vehicle) – Gasoline
and Diesel Engines
4. Release the brake pedal. The
vehicle is now ready for the
car wash.
3. Shift to N (Neutral).
D : This position is for normal
driving. If more power is needed for
passing, press the accelerator
pedal down.
A transmission hot message may
display if the automatic
transmission fluid is too hot.
Driving under this condition can
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle
the engine to cool the automatic
transmission fluid. This message
clears when the transmission fluid
has cooled sufficiently.
Caution
6. Exit the vehicle and close the
door. The vehicle is now ready
for the car wash.
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)
with the engine on and the vehicle
occupied:
2. Apply the brake pedal.
5. The indicator should continue
to show N. If it does not, repeat
Steps 2–4.
Car Wash Mode (Engine On –
Driver in Vehicle) – Gasoline and
Diesel Engines
203
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle
is stuck, do not spin the tires.
When stopping on a hill, use the
brakes to hold the vehicle in
place.
Caution
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding. See “Skidding” under
Loss of Control 0 169.
2. Shift to the desired gear.
1. Bring the vehicle to a
complete stop.
To shift out of D (Drive):
2. Pull the D (Drive) switch.
1. Bring the vehicle to a
complete stop.
To shift into D (Drive):
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
ERS or manual mode allows for the
selection of the range of gear
positions. Use this mode when
driving downhill or towing a trailer to
limit the top gear and vehicle speed.
The shift position indicator within the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will
display a number next to the L
indicating the highest available gear
under manual mode and the driving
conditions when manual mode was
selected.
Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
Manual Mode
204
When shifting to L (Low), the
transmission will shift to a preset
lower gear range. For this preset
range, the highest gear available is
displayed next to the L in the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134. All gears below that number
are available to use. For example,
when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the
L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears
are shifted automatically. To shift to
5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus)
button or shift into D (Drive).
2. Press the plus/minus button on
the front shift console to
increase or decrease the gear
range available.
1. Press the L (Low) button.
To use this feature:
While using ERS, cruise control can
be used.
L (Low) will prevent shifting to a
lower gear range if the engine
speed is too high. If vehicle speed is
not reduced within the time allowed,
the lower gear range shift will not be
completed. Slow the vehicle, then
press the − (Minus) button to the
desired lower gear range.
See Automatic Transmission 0 199.
While in the Electronic Range
Select (ERS) mode, grade braking
is deactivated, allowing the driver to
select a range and limiting the
highest gear available. Grade
braking is available for normal
driving and in Tow/Haul Mode.
Automatic Engine Grade Braking
assists when driving downhill.
It maintains vehicle speed by
automatically implementing a shift
pattern that uses the engine and the
transmission to slow the vehicle.
The system will automatically
command downshifts to reduce
vehicle speed. The normal shift
pattern will return once the vehicle
is on a low grade or when the
accelerator pedal is pressed.
Automatic Engine Grade
Braking
All-Wheel Drive
For information on the Tow/Haul
Mode, see Driver Mode Control
0 212.
For information on All-Wheel
Drive (AWD), see Driver Mode
Control 0 212.
Drive Systems
Tow/Haul Mode
205
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 128.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
may be heard while this test is going
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This
is normal.
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
System (ABS), an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
Brakes
Driving and Operating
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
Electric Parking Brake
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
normal.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
Using ABS
Braking in Emergencies
Driving and Operating
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
is about to stop rolling, the computer
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel.
206
The Y or PARK light will flash and
then stay on once the EPB is fully
applied. If the Y or PARK light
2. Press the EPB switch
momentarily.
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a
complete stop.
To apply the EPB:
EPB Apply
Before leaving the vehicle, check for
the Y or PARK light to ensure that
the parking brake is applied.
The system has a Y or PARK
Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8
Service Parking Brake light or
Service Parking Brake message.
See Electric Parking Brake Light
0 128 and Service Electric Parking
Brake Light (Uplevel Only) 0 128.
The vehicle has an Electric Parking
Brake (EPB). The EPB can always
be activated, even if the ignition is
off. To prevent draining the battery,
avoid repeated cycles of the EPB
system when the engine is not
running.
If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
decelerate as long as the switch is
pressed. If the switch is pressed
until the vehicle comes to a stop,
the EPB will remain applied.
If the 8 light or Service Parking
Brake message is on, press the
EPB switch and hold it. Continue to
hold the switch until the Y or
PARK light remains on. If the 8 light
or Service Parking Brake message
remains on, see your dealer.
flashes continuously, then the EPB
is only partially applied or there is a
problem with the EPB. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
will display. Release the EPB and
try to apply it again. If the light does
not come on, or keeps flashing,
have the vehicle serviced. Do not
drive the vehicle if the Y or PARK
light is flashing. See your dealer.
See Electric Parking Brake Light
0 128.
If the 8 light or Service Parking
Brake message is on, release the
EPB by pressing and holding the
EPB switch. Continue to hold the
switch until the Y or PARK light is
The EPB is released when the
or PARK light is off.
3. Press the EPB switch
momentarily.
2. Apply and hold the brake
pedal.
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
To release the EPB:
EPB Release
If the EPB fails to apply, block the
rear wheels to prevent vehicle
movement.
The vehicle may automatically apply
the EPB in some situations when
the vehicle is not moving. This is
normal, and is done to periodically
check the correct operation of the
EPB system.
207
The EPB will automatically release if
the vehicle is running, placed into
gear, and an attempt is made to
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration
when the EPB is applied, to
preserve parking brake lining life.
Automatic EPB Release
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
Caution
off. If either light stays on after
release is attempted, see your
dealer.
Driving and Operating
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist
(HSA) feature, which may be useful
when the vehicle is stopped on a
grade sufficient enough to activate
HSA. This feature is designed to
prevent the vehicle from rolling,
either forward or rearward, during
vehicle drive off. After the driver
completely stops and holds the
vehicle in a complete standstill on a
grade, HSA will be automatically
activated. During the transition
period between when the driver
releases the brake pedal and starts
to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
HSA holds the braking pressure for
a maximum of two seconds to
ensure that there is no rolling. The
brakes will automatically release
when the accelerator pedal is
applied within the two-second
window. It will not activate if the
vehicle is in a drive gear and facing
downhill, or if the vehicle is facing
uphill and in R (Reverse). To
change the duration, see “Extended
Hill Start Assist” in Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
The Brake Assist feature is
designed to assist the driver in
stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement the
power brake system under
conditions where the driver has
quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake
control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as
the driving situation dictates. The
Brake Assist feature will
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
Driving and Operating
Brake Assist
208
StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak, an
electronic stability control system.
These systems help limit wheel slip
and assist the driver in maintaining
control, especially on slippery road
conditions.
System Operation
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
Ride Control Systems
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 177
and “Turning the Systems Off and
On” later in this section.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
If cruise control is being used and
TCS or StabiliTrak begins to limit
wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be
turned back on when road
conditions allow.
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
If
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC),
and d comes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
. Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated
. Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working
209
At speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
above, this ability to turn off or on is
disabled.
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
Caution
Turning the Systems Off and
On (Uplevel Cluster)
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.
3. Start the engine.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Press V to select the Options
application, then press p to enter
the Options menu. Use w or x to
scroll through items in the
Options menu.
Press o to access the cluster
applications. Use w or x to scroll
through the list of available
applications.
TCS and StabiliTrak can be turned
off or on using the DIC controls as
follows:
210
To turn StabiliTrak off, select
Stability, then press V. The
StabiliTrak icon on the DIC will
change from On to Off. If TCS was
on when StabiliTrak was turned off,
both will turn off and i and g
illuminate.
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
Caution
Turning the Systems Off and
On (Base Level DIC)
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 255.
To turn both StabiliTrak and TCS
back on, select Traction, then press
V. The StabiliTrak and TCS icons
on the DIC will change from Off to
On and g and i go out in the
instrument cluster.
To turn TCS off, select Traction,
then press V. The TCS icon on the
DIC will change from On to Off
and i illuminates in the instrument
cluster.
To turn TCS back on, select
Traction, then press V. The TCS
icon on the DIC will change from Off
to On and i goes out in the
instrument cluster. TCS cannot be
on when StabiliTrak is off.
To turn StabiliTrak back on, select
Stability then press V. The
StabiliTrak icon on the DIC will
change from Off to On and g goes
out in the instrument cluster.
Press V to select the Traction and
Stability page, then press p to
select Traction menu. Use w or x
to select Traction (TCS) or Stability
(StabiliTrak).
Press V to enter TC/StabiliTrak,
and then use w or x to select TCS
or StabiliTrak.
Press o or p to select VEHICLE
menu, then use w or x to scroll
through the menu items to select
TCS/StabiliTrak.
TCS and StabiliTrak can be turned
off or on using the DIC controls as
follows:
At speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
above, this ability to turn off or on is
disabled.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 255.
To turn both StabiliTrak and TCS
back on, select Traction, then press
V. g and i go out in the
instrument cluster.
To turn StabiliTrak back on, select
StabiliTrak then press V. g goes
out in the instrument cluster.
To turn StabiliTrak off, select
StabiliTrak, then press V. If TCS
was on when StabiliTrak was turned
off, both will turn off and i and g
illuminate in the instrument cluster.
To turn TCS back on, select TCS,
then press V. i goes out in the
instrument cluster. TCS cannot be
on when StabiliTrak is off.
To turn TCS off, select TCS, then
press V. i will illuminate in the
instrument cluster.
211
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and
14 mph) on an incline greater than
or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking
HDC light indicates the system is
actively applying the brakes to
maintain vehicle speed.
The HDC light displays on the
instrument cluster when enabled.
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC.
Vehicle speed must be below
50 km/h (31 mph).
The HDC switch is on the center
console.
HDC can be used when driving
downhill. It sets and maintains
vehicle speed while descending a
very steep incline in a forward or
reverse gear.
Hill Descent
Control (HDC)
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
HDC will remain enabled between
22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph);
however vehicle speed cannot be
set or maintained in this range.
It will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds.
Press 5 again to re-enable HDC.
When HDC is activated, the initial
HDC speed is set to the current
driving speed. It can be increased or
decreased by pressing +RES or –
SET on the steering wheel or by
applying the accelerator or brake
pedal. This adjusted speed
becomes the new set speed.
212
Driver Mode Control Knob
for FWD
Driver Mode Control
(AWD equipped vehicles) Tour
Mode : Use Tour Mode during
normal driving conditions. Tour
Mode either puts the vehicle in
Front-Wheel Drive (AWD vehicles)
or is the normal drive mode (FWD
vehicles). Tour Mode is the most
fuel efficient drive mode. See
Driving for Better Fuel Economy
0 26. When selecting Tour Mode,
the AWD light will flash briefly while
the system disables, and then
stays off.
q (Vehicles without AWD) or 5
Driver Mode Control Knob
for AWD
When using a compact spare tire on
an AWD vehicle, the system
automatically detects the compact
spare and reduces AWD
performance to protect the system.
To restore full AWD operation and
prevent excessive wear on the
system, replace the compact spare
tire with a full-size tire as soon as
possible. See Compact Spare Tire
0 326.
Tow/Haul and Off-Road Modes are
canceled with each ignition cycle
and will return to the Tour Mode.
improves vehicle acceleration on
snow and ice-covered roads. Snow
Mode is not available on vehicles
equipped with all wheel drive.
AWD system delivers power to all
four wheels and the system adjusts
as needed to improve traction.
Selecting AWD Mode will activate
the system. The AWD light will flash
briefly while the system is engaging
and stay on to indicate AWD is
active. AWD Mode will stay selected
until the mode is changed. AWD is
active in Tow/Haul and Off-Road
Modes. AWD Mode is only available
on vehicles equipped with All-Wheel
Drive.
Automatic Engine Grade Braking
assists when driving downhill.
It maintains vehicle speed by
automatically implementing a shift
pattern that uses the engine and the
Mode can assist when towing or
hauling a heavy load. It changes
transmission shift patterns, turns on
AWD, if equipped, and increases
trailer sway control assistance.
When Tow/Haul is activated, the
Tow/Haul symbol will come on in the
instrument cluster. See Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 245. Tow/Haul Mode is only
available on vehicles with the towing
package.
_ Tow/Haul Mode : Tow/Haul
Mode for public off-road recreational
driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 170.
Off-Road Mode is only available on
vehicles equipped with All-Wheel
Drive.
7 Off-Road Mode : Use Off-Road
6 Snow Mode : Snow Mode
4 AWD Mode : In AWD Mode, the
213
While in the Electronic Range
Select (ERS) Mode, grade braking
is deactivated, allowing the driver to
select a range and limiting the
highest gear available. Grade
braking is available for normal
driving and in Tow/Haul Mode. See
Manual Mode 0 204.
transmission to slow the vehicle.
The system will automatically
command downshifts to reduce
vehicle speed. The normal shift
pattern will return once the vehicle
is on a low grade or when the
accelerator pedal is pressed.
Driving and Operating
Mode Name In Cluster Menu:
Driving and Operating
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Steering
Trailer Sway Control
StabiliTrak Setting
Traction Control Setting
Normal FWD
Normal
Auto Transmission Schedule
AWD (If Equipped)
Normal
Yes
AWD & FWD
Tour
Pedal Map
Retained Across Key Cycles
Mode Availability
214
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal AWD
Normal
Normal
Yes
AWD
AWD
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
NA
Normal
Off-Road
No
FWD
Snow
Off-Road
Off-Road
Normal
Normal
Off-Road
AWD
Normal
Off-Road
No
AWD
Off-Road
Normal
Normal
Tow/Haul
Normal
Normal AWD
Tow/Haul
Normal
No
Towing
Package
(AWD
& FWD)
Tow/Haul
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
{ Warning
The cruise control lets the vehicle
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more without keeping
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below 40 km/h (25 mph).
Cruise Control
If the brakes are applied, cruise
control disengages.
If Hill Descent Control (HDC) is
engaged, cruise control disengages.
See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 211.
Cruise control will disengage if
either TCS or StabilTrak is
turned off.
With the Traction Control System
(TCS) or Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), the system may begin to
limit wheel spin while you are using
cruise control. If this happens, the
cruise control will automatically
disengage. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 208.
If a collision alert occurs when
cruise control is activated, cruise
control is disengaged. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 223.
When road conditions allow you to
safely use it again, cruise control
can be turned back on.
215
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume that
speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
* : Press to disengage cruise
system on and off. A white indicator
comes on in the instrument cluster
when cruise control is turned on.
5 : Press to turn the cruise control
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster 0 117.
4. Remove your foot from the
accelerator pedal.
3. Press and release –SET. The
desired set speed briefly
appears in the instrument
cluster.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise
system on.
To set a speed:
If 5 is on when not in use, –SET or
+RES could get bumped and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep 5
off when cruise is not being used.
Setting Cruise Control
–SET : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
216
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold +RES on the
steering wheel until the vehicle
accelerates to the desired
speed, then release it.
. To increase the speed in small
increments, briefly press +RES.
For each press, the vehicle goes
about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
Once the vehicle speed reaches
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
briefly press +RES. The vehicle
returns to the previous set speed.
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied or * is pressed, the
cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Resuming a Set Speed
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 117.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold –SET until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
. To slow down in small
increments, briefly press –SET.
For each press, the vehicle goes
about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 117.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
How well the cruise control works
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to keep your
speed down. If the brake pedal is
applied, cruise control will
disengage.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing –SET will result in cruise
control set to the current vehicle
speed.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
To turn off cruise control,
press 5.
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if 5 is pressed
or if the ignition is turned off.
Erasing Speed Memory
Press
*.
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
Ending Cruise Control
217
Do not rely on the Driver
Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel
alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
0 167.
(Continued)
{ Warning
This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using
these systems.
Driver Assistance
Systems
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
Driving and Operating
Detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals.
Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored
by the system.
Work at all driving speeds.
Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
crash.
Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.
Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
(Continued)
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
218
Work if the area surrounding
the detection sensor is
damaged or not properly
repaired.
If equipped with the Safety Alert
Seat, the driver seat cushion may
provide a vibrating pulse alert
instead of beeping. To change this,
Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by
beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort
and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
Work if the detection sensor
is covered up, such as with
a sticker, magnet, or metal
plate.
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
image of the area behind the vehicle
in the infotainment display. The
previous screen displays when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
after a short delay. To return to the
previous screen sooner, press any
button on the infotainment display,
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
speed of 12 km/h (8 mph). Select
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
Front Parking Assist (FPA),
Surround Vision, Front Vision
Camera, Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA), and Automatic Parking
Assist (APA) may help the driver
park or avoid objects. Always check
around the vehicle when parking or
backing.
see “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization
0 140.
Warning (Continued)
1. View Displayed by the Rear
Vision Camera
Guidance Lines on the infotainment
display to enable or disable the
guidance lines.
If equipped, Surround Vision
displays an image of the area
surrounding the vehicle, along with
the front or rear camera views in the
infotainment display. The front
camera is in the grille or near the
front emblem, the side cameras are
on the bottom of the outside mirrors,
and the rear camera is above the
license plate.
Surround Vision
A warning triangle may display to
show that Rear Parking Assist
(RPA) has detected an object. This
triangle changes from amber to red
and increases in size the closer the
object.
Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.
1. View Displayed by the Rear
Vision Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
219
1. Views Displayed by the
Surround Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
The Surround Vision cameras
have blind spots and will not
display all objects near the
corners of the vehicle. Folding
side mirrors that are out of
position will not display surround
view correctly. Always check
around the vehicle when parking
or backing.
{ Warning
Driving and Operating
1. Views Displayed by the
Surround Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
Driving and Operating
If equipped, a view of the area in
front of the vehicle displays. The
view displays after shifting from
Front Vision Camera
220
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
{ Warning
R (Reverse) to a forward gear, or by
touching CAMERA in the
infotainment display, and when the
vehicle is moving forward slower
than 8 km/h (5 mph). If equipped,
the Front Vision Camera also
displays when the Parking Assist
system detects an object within
30 cm (12 in).
The Parking Assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the
vehicle. It is not available at
speeds greater than 8 km/h
(Continued)
{ Warning
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
as the vehicle moves at speeds of
less than 8 km/h (5 mph), the
sensors on the bumpers may detect
objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the
vehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the
vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in)
high off the ground and below
bumper level. These detection
distances may be shorter during
warmer or humid weather. Blocked
sensors will not detect objects and
can also cause false detections.
Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,
snow, ice, and slush; and clean
sensors after a car wash in freezing
temperatures.
Parking Assist
The instrument cluster may have a
parking assist display with bars that
show “distance to object” and object
location information for the Parking
Assist system. As the object gets
closer, more bars light up and the
bars change color from yellow to
amber to red.
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
or vehicle damage, even with
Parking Assist, always check the
area around the vehicle and
check all mirrors before moving
forward or backing.
Warning (Continued)
If equipped, when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA
displays a red warning triangle with
a left or right pointing arrow to warn
of traffic coming from the left or
right. This system detects objects
coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from
the left or right side of the vehicle.
When an object is detected, either
three beeps sound from the left or
right or three Safety Alert Seat
pulses occur on the left or right side,
depending on the direction of the
detected vehicle.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
When an object is first detected in
the rear, one beep will be heard
from the rear, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two
times. When an object is very close
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),
five beeps will sound from the front
or rear depending on object
location, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
Beeps for FPA are higher pitched
than for RPA.
221
If equipped, APA searches for and
steers the vehicle into parallel and
perpendicular parking spots. When
using APA, you must still shift gears,
and control the brakes and
Automatic Parking
Assist (APA)
RCTA can be turned off through
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
Turn off parking assist and RCTA
when towing a trailer.
The X button on the center
console is used to turn on or off the
Front and Rear Parking Assist and
the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).
The indicator light in the button
comes on when the features are on
and turns off when the features
have been disabled.
Turning the Features On or Off
Use caution while backing up when
towing a trailer, as the RCTA
detection zones that extend out
from the back of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
towed.
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Press O on the center console to
enable the system to search for a
parking space that is large enough
APA does not apply the brakes.
APA may not detect objects in the
parking space, objects that are
soft or narrow, objects high off the
ground such as flatbed trucks,
or objects below ground level
such as large potholes. Always
verify that the parking space is
appropriate for parking a vehicle.
APA does not respond to changes
in the parking space, such as
movement of an adjacent vehicle,
or a person or object entering the
parking space. APA does not
detect or avoid traffic that is
behind or alongside of the
vehicle. Always be prepared to
stop the vehicle during the
parking maneuver.
{ Warning
accelerator. A display and audible
beeps help to guide parking
maneuvers.
222
When enabled, APA searches for
parallel parking spaces to the right
of the vehicle. To search for a
parking space to the left, turn on the
left turn signal or, if available,
change the side selection in the
infotainment display. To switch the
parking mode between parallel and
perpendicular, press and hold O
during the search process or,
if available, change the parking
mode in the infotainment display.
and within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle.
The vehicle speed must be below
30 km/h (18 mph). The system
cannot:
. Detect whether it is a legal
parking space.
. Park exactly lined up with the
vehicle next to it if the spot is
approached at an angle or if the
parking space is angled.
. Park exactly centered in a spot
that is marked too large.
. Always detect short curbs.
If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but
does not steer into the expected
space, this may be because the
system is maneuvering the vehicle
into a previously detected space.
The APA system does not need
service.
After completely passing a large
enough space, an audible beep
occurs and a red stop symbol is
displayed.
If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h
(6 mph), APA is automatically
disengaged and automatic steering
will turn off. A progress arrow
displays the status of the parking
maneuver. Depending on the space
size, additional maneuvers may be
required, and there will be additional
instructions. When changing gears,
allow the automatic steering to
complete before continuing the
parking maneuver. Upon successful
completion of a maneuver, APA will
beep and display a PARKING
COMPLETE message. Place the
vehicle in P (Park).
APA will instruct the vehicle to stop
once a large enough space is found.
Follow the displayed instructions.
When instructed to drive in reverse,
shift to R (Reverse) to engage
automatic steering. The steering
wheel will briefly vibrate as a
reminder to remove hands from the
steering wheel. Check surroundings
and continue braking or accelerating
as needed, and be prepared to stop
to avoid vehicles, pedestrians,
or objects.
O again.
If equipped, when driving the
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
Assistance Systems for
Driving
The APA system may require a
short period of driving along curves
to calibrate.
When the System Does Not Seem
to Work Properly
To cancel APA, press
APA may automatically disengage if:
. The steering wheel is used by
the driver.
. The maximum allowed speed is
exceeded.
. There is a failure with the APA
system.
. Electronic stability control or
antilock brakes are activated.
. A high priority vehicle message
is displayed in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
223
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
(Continued)
{ Warning
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 8 km/h (5 mph).
If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
FCA also lights an amber visual
alert if following another vehicle
much too closely.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
(LCA), and/or Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) can help to avoid a
crash or reduce crash damage.
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
Driving and Operating
FCA can be disabled with the FCA
steering wheel control, or if
equipped, through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 140.
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. It also may not
provide any warning at all. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians,
animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels,
or other objects. Be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 167.
224
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)
{ Warning
FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
When this Collision Alert occurs, the
Collision Alert
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.
Warning (Continued)
The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press [ to set the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,
or on some vehicles, Off. The first
button press shows the current
setting on the DIC. Additional button
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is
changed and will affect the timing of
Selecting the Alert Timing
The vehicle ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a vehicle ahead much too
closely.
Tailgating Alert
brake system may prepare for driver
braking to occur more rapidly which
can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert
occurs.
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
Unnecessary Alerts
The following distance to a moving
vehicle ahead in your path is
indicated in following time in
seconds on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 134. The
minimum following time is
0.5 seconds away. If there is no
vehicle detected ahead, or the
vehicle ahead is out of sensor
range, dashes will be displayed.
Following Distance Indicator
both the Collision Alert and the
Tailgating Alert features. The timing
of both alerts will vary based on
vehicle speed. The faster the
vehicle speed, the farther away the
alert will occur. Consider traffic and
weather conditions when selecting
the alert timing. The range of
selectable alert timings may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
225
If the vehicle has Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
vehicle. This can help avoid or
lessen the severity of crashes when
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB)
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, this may correct
the issue:
. Clean the outside of the
windshield in front of the
rearview mirror.
. Clean the entire front of the
vehicle.
. Clean the headlamps.
Cleaning the System
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
FAB may not:
(Continued)
FAB is an emergency crash
preparation feature and is not
designed to avoid crashes. Do
not rely on FAB to brake the
vehicle. FAB will not brake
outside of its operating speed
range and only responds to
detected vehicles.
{ Warning
The system works when driving in a
forward gear between 8 km/h
(5 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph).
It can detect vehicles up to
approximately 60 m (197 ft).
driving in a forward gear. Depending
on the situation, the vehicle may
automatically brake moderately or
hard. This forward automatic
braking can only occur if a vehicle is
detected. This is shown by the FCA
vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 223.
226
Detect a vehicle ahead if it
is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects.
FAB may slow the vehicle to a
complete stop to try to avoid a
potential crash. If this happens, FAB
may engage the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
stop. Release the EPB or firmly
press the accelerator pedal.
Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Detect a vehicle when
weather limits visibility, such
as in fog, rain, or snow.
Detect all vehicles,
especially vehicles with a
trailer, tractors, muddy
vehicles, etc.
Detect a vehicle ahead on
winding or hilly roads.
Warning (Continued)
Minor brake pedal pulsations or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the brake pedal should
continue to be applied as needed.
IBA will automatically disengage
only when the brake pedal is
released.
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing
a boost to braking based on the
speed of approach and distance to
a vehicle ahead.
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
FAB may automatically brake the
vehicle suddenly in situations
where it is unexpected and
undesired. It could respond to a
turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
signs, and other non-moving
objects. To override FAB, firmly
press the accelerator pedal, if it is
safe to do so.
{ Warning
A system unavailable message may
display if:
. The front of the vehicle or
windshield is not clean.
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with object detection.
Using FAB or IBA while towing a
trailer could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle and crash.
Turn the system to Alert or Off
when towing a trailer.
{ Warning
FAB and IBA can be disabled
through vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
IBA may increase vehicle braking
in situations when it may not be
necessary. You could block the
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
your foot off the brake pedal and
then apply the brakes as needed.
Warning
There is a problem with the
StabiliTrak system.
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that
occur with moving vehicles in the
side blind zone (or spot) areas.
When the vehicle is in a forward
gear, the left or right side mirror
display will light up if a moving
vehicle is detected in that blind
zone. If the turn signal is activated
and a vehicle is also detected on
the same side, the display will flash
as an extra warning not to change
lanes. Since this system is part of
the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
system, read the entire LCA section
before using this feature.
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
The FAB system does not need
service.
227
LCA does not alert the driver to
vehicles outside of the system
detection zones, pedestrians,
bicyclists, or animals. It may not
provide alerts when changing
lanes under all driving conditions.
Failure to use proper care when
changing lanes may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Before making a lane change,
always check mirrors, glance over
your shoulder, and use the turn
signals.
{ Warning
If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding lane change
crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding
outside mirror and will flash if the
turn signal is on.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
The LCA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
(11 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes
back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
warned of vehicles rapidly
approaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)
behind the vehicle.
1. SBZA Detection Zone
2. LCA Detection Zone
LCA Detection Zones
228
When the vehicle is started, both
outside mirror LCA displays will
briefly come on to indicate the
system is operating. When the
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left
or right side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in
the next lane over in that blind zone
or rapidly approaching that zone.
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
Display
Display
The LCA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a moving vehicle in the next
lane over that is in the side blind
zone or rapidly approaching that
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
indicates it may be unsafe to
change lanes. Before making a lane
change, check the LCA display,
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.
How the System Works
LCA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly, for
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a
trailer. The LCA detection zones
that extend back from the side of
the vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed. Use caution
while changing lanes when towing a
trailer. LCA may alert to objects
The LCA system requires some
driving for the system to calibrate to
maximum performance. This
calibration may occur more quickly if
the vehicle is driving on a straight
highway road with traffic and
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails,
barriers).
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
LCA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 140.
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the
LCA mirror displays will not light up.
If the turn signal is activated in the
same direction as a detected
vehicle, this display will flash as an
extra warning not to change lanes.
LCA may not operate when the LCA
sensors in the left or right corners of
the rear bumper are covered with
mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in
heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
instructions, see "Washing the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 334.
If the Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays the system
unavailable message after cleaning
both sides of the vehicle toward the
rear corners of the vehicle, see your
dealer.
Radio Frequency Information
LCA may not always alert the driver
to vehicles in the next lane over,
especially in wet conditions or when
driving on sharp curves. The system
does not need to be serviced. The
system may light up due to
guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and
other non-moving objects. This is
normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide a
warning if the vehicle is crossing a
detected lane marking without using
a turn signal in the lane departure
direction. Since this system is part
of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
system, read the entire LKA section
before using this feature.
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 371.
If the LCA displays do not light up
when moving vehicles are in the
side blind zone or are rapidly
approaching this zone and the
system is clean, the system may
need service. Take the vehicle to
your dealer.
attached to the vehicle, such as a
trailer, bicycle, or object extending
out to either side of the vehicle.
Attached objects may also interfere
with the detection of vehicles. This
is normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
229
The LKA system does not
continuously steer the vehicle.
It may not keep the vehicle in the
lane or give a Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
lane marking is detected.
(Continued)
{ Warning
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane
marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
system alert as the lane marking is
crossed. The LKA system will not
assist or provide an LDW alert if it
detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
camera to detect lane markings
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
180 km/h (112 mph).
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
Driving and Operating
Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.
If LKA only detects lane markings
on one side of the road, it will
only assist or provide an LDW
alert when approaching the lane
on the side where it has detected
a lane marking. Even with LKA
and LDW, you must steer the
(Continued)
The LKA and LDW systems
may not:
. Provide an alert or enough
steering assist to avoid a
lane departure or crash.
. Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
not in proper condition, or if
the sun shines directly into
the camera.
. Detect road edges.
230
To turn LKA on and off, press
on the center console.
The LKA camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
How the System Works
Using LKA while towing a trailer
or on slippery roads could cause
loss of control of the vehicle and
a crash. Turn the system off.
{ Warning
vehicle. Always keep your
attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LKA in
bad weather conditions.
Warning (Continued)
The LKA system does not
continuously steer the vehicle.
If LKA does not detect active driver
steering, then an alert, chime,
or Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may be provided. Move
the steering wheel to dismiss.
Take Steering
When on, A is green if LKA is
available to assist and provide LDW
alerts. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel and
display A as amber if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking
without using a turn signal in that
direction. It may also provide an
LDW alert by flashing A amber
as the lane marking is crossed.
Additionally, there may be three
beeps, or the driver seat may pulse
three times, on the right or left,
depending on the lane departure
direction.
Banked roads.
Roads with poor lane markings,
such as two-lane roads.
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
may occur due to tar marks,
shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LKA off if these
conditions continue.
A system unavailable message may
display if the camera is blocked.
The LKA system does not need
service.
If the LKA system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
Fuel (Gasoline)
The system performance may be
affected by:
. Close vehicles ahead.
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with
ethanol levels greater than 15% by
volume.
GM recommends the use of TOP
TIER detergent gasoline to keep the
engine cleaner and reduce engine
deposits. See www.toptiergas.com
for a list of TOP TIER detergent
gasoline marketers and applicable
countries.
Fuel
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
231
For the LTG 2.0L L4 turbo engine,
premium unleaded gasoline meeting
ASTM specification D4814 with a
posted octane rating of 93 is highly
recommended for best performance
and fuel economy. Unleaded
gasoline with an octane rated as low
as 87 can be used. Using unleaded
gasoline rated below 93 octane,
however, will lead to reduced
acceleration and fuel economy.
If knocking occurs, use a gasoline
rated at 93 octane as soon as
possible, otherwise, the engine
could be damaged. If heavy
knocking is heard when using
gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the
engine needs service.
For the LYX 1.5L L4 turbo engine,
use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with a
posted octane rating of less than 87,
as this may cause engine knock and
will lower fuel economy.
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Do not use fuels with any of the
following conditions; doing so
may damage the vehicle and void
its warranty:
. For vehicles which are not
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16 – 50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
. Fuel with any amount of
methanol, methylal, and
aniline. These fuels can
corrode metal fuel system
parts or damage plastic and
rubber parts.
. Fuel containing metals such
as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl
(MMT), which can damage
the emissions control
system and spark plugs.
(Continued)
Caution
Prohibited Fuels
232
Fuel with a posted octane
rating of less than the
recommended fuel. Using
this fuel will lower fuel
economy and performance,
and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance may be
affected. The malfunction indicator
lamp could turn on and the vehicle
may not pass a smog-check test.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 125. If this
California Fuel
Requirements (Gasoline)
Caution (Continued)
If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is
not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
System Treatment Cleaner added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change, can help. GM Fuel System
Treatment Cleaner is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER detergent gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel (Gasoline)
0 231.
Fuel Additives
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
foreign country, see “Prohibited
Fuels” in Fuel (Gasoline) 0 231.
Fuels in Foreign
Countries (Gasoline)
occurs, return to your authorized
dealer for diagnosis. If it is
determined that the condition is
caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs may not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
.
Diesel fuel with the addition
of gasoline.
(Continued)
Engine damage may occur if
recommended fuels are not used,
which may void the vehicle
warranty. Some improper
fuels are:
Caution
The selection of a high quality fuel
is important for maintaining optimum
performance. Do not use diesel fuel
with more than 15 ppm sulfur
content. Do not use a diesel blend
containing more than 20% biodiesel
by volume. Both diesel and
biodiesel blends must meet all the
requirements as defined in the most
current versions of the local fuel
standards. See the recommended
fuels under What Fuel to Use in the
U.S. (Diesel) 0 233 and What Fuel
to Use in Canada and Mexico
(Diesel) 0 235.
Fuel for Diesel Engines
Diesel fuel mixed with
engine oil or automatic
transmission fluid.
Triglyceride fuels, such as
raw vegetable oil or animal
fat, in any form, including
with blends of diesel or
biodiesel.
Marine diesel fuel and
fuel oils.
Diesel-water emulsions,
such as Aquazole.
Aftermarket diesel fuel
additives, which contain
alcohols, organo-metallic
additives, or water
emulsifiers.
Diesel fuel with sulfur
greater than 15 ppm.
Diesel-biodiesel blends not
within the required
specification.
Caution (Continued)
233
The diesel fuel must meet ASTM
International specification D 975,
Grades No. 2-D or No. 1-D S15,
Use of diesel fuel with ultra low
sulfur content (15 ppm, maximum) is
required. Look for service station
fuel dispensers with this label in
green:
What Fuel to Use in the
U.S. (Diesel)
Some conditions, such as dirty fuel,
may decrease fuel filter life and a
CHANGE FUEL FILTER message
may come on in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Premium Diesel Fuel (FQP-1A)
corresponds to the Engine
Manufacturers Association (EMA)
Recommended Guideline. It may
provide less noise, better starting,
and better vehicle performance, but
is not required.
Premium Diesel Fuel
For best results use No. 2-D diesel
fuel year-round because it is
blended for seasonal temperature
differences, both above and below
freezing conditions. No. 1-D diesel
also meeting ASTM International
D975 fuel can be used in very cold
temperatures (below −18 °C or
0 °F); however, it will reduce power
and fuel economy. Avoid using No.
1-D diesel fuel in warm or hot
climates. It can result in stalling,
poor starting when the engine is hot,
and damage to the fuel injection
system.
Diesel Fuel Grades
also known as Ultra Low Sulfur
Diesel. Contact a fuel supplier or
fueling station with any questions.
234
Retail pumps dispensing blends
containing up to 5% biodiesel (B5)
are not required to be labeled with
the concentration of biodiesel.
Blends up to B5 must meet ASTM
D975 (Grades No. 2-D or No. 1-D
S15 Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel). When
refueling with a biodiesel blend
above B5, one of the following
labels should appear on the
dispenser:
Biodiesel Blends
Blends containing more than 5%
and up to 20% biodiesel must meet
ASTM specification D7467
(Biodiesel blend, B6 - B20) and are
labeled with an orange or blue
Use of diesel fuel other than Ultra
Low Sulfur Diesel (15 ppm sulfur
maximum) will cause damage to
the exhaust after-treatment
system. This damage would not
be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)
Caution
Use of diesel fuel with ultra low
sulfur content (15 ppm, maximum) is
required. Use diesel fuel that meets
the CAN/CGSB-3.517 specification
in Canada. Contact a fuel supplier
with questions about fuel.
What Fuel to Use in Canada
What Fuel to Use in
Canada and Mexico
(Diesel)
pump label. To reduce the risk of
poor quality fuel, purchase biodiesel
blends from a fuel supplier or fueling
station that sells BQ-9000 certified
biodiesel. See www.bq-9000.org for
a list of certified marketers. See
Biodiesel 0 236.
If available, premium diesel fuel
(FQP-1A) corresponding to the
Engine Manufacturers Association
(EMA) Recommended Guideline
could provide better starting and
vehicle performance with less noise.
Premium Diesel Fuel
For best results use Ultra Low
Sulfur Type B Diesel. This fuel is
blended for seasonal changes. In
extreme cold temperatures (below
−18 °C or 0 °F) Ultra Low Sulfur
Type A Diesel fuel can be used, but
it may cause power and fuel
economy losses. Avoid using Type
A Diesel fuel in warm or hot
climates. Doing so can result in
stalling, poor starting when the
engine is hot, and damage to the
fuel injection system.
Diesel Fuel Types
warranty. Do not use marine,
locomotive, or boiler distillate fuel
since it may contain higher sulfur
levels.
Caution (Continued)
235
Use of diesel fuel other than Ultra
Low Sulfur Diesel (15 ppm sulfur
maximum) will cause damage to
the exhaust after-treatment
system. This damage would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not use marine,
(Continued)
Caution
Use diesel fuel specification
NOM-086 Pemex UBA, which meets
the Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel
requirement of 15 ppm sulfur
maximum. This fuel is not available
in all regions of Mexico.
What Fuel to Use in Mexico
Biodiesel blends that meet the CAN/
CGSB-3.522 specifications up to
20% (B20) can be used. Avoid the
use of biodiesel blends above 20%,
as they may damage the engine
and fuel system. For detailed
information on the use of biodiesel,
see”Biodiesel” following.
Biodiesel Blends in Canada
Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)
Driving and Operating
Do not use home-made biodiesel
or home test kits because the
quality cannot be verified by
approved scientific methods. Do
not use raw vegetable oil or other
unmodified bio-oils, fats,
or blends of vegetable oil with
diesel. They could damage the
fuel system and engine, and
damages would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Biodiesel is a renewable fuel
produced from vegetable oils or
animal fats that have been
chemically modified to make it
compatible with diesel fuel.
Biodiesel
locomotive, or boiler distillate fuel
since it may contain higher sulfur
levels.
236
Owners who use very little fuel,
or who have vehicles stored for
extended periods of time, should
avoid the use of biodiesel blended
fuels above 5% by volume. When
vehicles are stored for longer than
one month, they should be run out
of biodiesel to below one-quarter
tank, refueled with Ultra Low Sulfur
Diesel fuel, and driven at least
32 km (20 mi) before storage.
Biodiesel fuel quality degrades with
time and exposure to high
temperature quicker than Ultra Low
Sulfur Diesel fuel. More frequent
refueling provides the best
opportunity to have a supply of fresh
fuel. Storage at hot ambient
temperatures will accelerate
biodiesel degradation.
Do not use blends containing
more than 20% biodiesel. Any
engine, fuel system, or exhaust
after-treatment system damage
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Caution
If the vehicle experiences a fuel
filter restriction, the on-board
monitoring system will alert the
driver that the fuel filter requires
Fuels improperly blended for cold
temperature operation may result in
restricted fuel filters and degraded
vehicle performance. GM diesel
vehicles are equipped with a fuel
heating system to provide an extra
level of protection against filter
plugging from gelling or waxing of
conventional diesel fuel and
biodiesel blends. If the operating
temperature is far below the
temperature at which gelling or
waxing of the fuel occurs, the
system cannot prevent all cases of
filter plugging.
At temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),
it is recommended to switch to Ultra
Low Sulfur Diesel fuel with no
biodiesel content, or to blends with
biodiesel containing less than 5% by
volume. At these extreme cold
temperatures, biodiesel blends
higher than 5% by volume may
cause fuel filter plugging and
system gelling, which can lead to
vehicle operability problems.
At temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),
it is recommended to avoid using
biodiesel blends above 5% blend.
This blend may cause fuel filter
plugging, system gelling, and
freezing that may affect vehicle
starting. You may need to turn the
ignition on and off a few times
before the vehicle will start. Also,
idle the vehicle for a couple of
minutes before accelerating.
In cold weather, the fuel filter may
become clogged by wax naturally
present in the fuel. To unclog it,
move the vehicle to a warm garage
area and allow the filter to warm up.
The fuel filter may need to be
replaced. See Fuel Filter
Replacement (Diesel) 0 240.
Cold Weather Operation
(Diesel)
service. The fuel filter, however, will
not prevent all damage caused by
poor quality biodiesel.
Water in the diesel fuel can
corrode internal components of
the fuel system and lead to
severe damage. It can also
support fungus or bacteria
(Continued)
Caution
Diesel fuel containing water is still
combustible. You or others could
be burned. If the fuel needs to be
drained, keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away from the
mixture.
{ Warning
Improper fuel tank inspection or
cleaning, or contaminated fuel from
suppliers, can cause water to be
pumped into the fuel tank along with
the diesel fuel. If a WATER IN FUEL
- CONTACT SERVICE message
displays, the water must be drained
immediately.
Water in Fuel (Diesel)
237
As an added precaution, drain the
diesel fuel filter of residual water at
every engine oil change. If the
WATER IN FUEL - CONTACT
SERVICE message comes on
frequently, even after draining water
from the fuel filter, see your dealer.
If the fuel tank needs to be
purged to remove water, see your
dealer or a qualified technician.
Improper purging can damage the
fuel system and block the FOH.
growth, which can damage the
fuel system and fuel operated
heater (FOH) (if equipped). Even
with a diesel fuel biocide, the fuel
system may still need to be
cleaned. Your dealer can advise
of the appropriate solution.
Caution (Continued)
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Message
displays but
goes off during
the ignition
cycle.
The fuel filter is
partially filled
with water. Drain
the water as
soon as
possible. See
"Removing
Water from the
Fuel Filter"
following.
If the WATER IN FUEL - CONTACT
SERVICE message comes on:
Recommended
Problem
Action
Water in Fuel Troubleshooting
238
Message
displays and
stays on.
Problem
Drain the fuel
filter
immediately.
If no water can
be drained, and
the temperature
is below
freezing, then
water may be
frozen in the
filter. Move the
vehicle to a
warm location to
thaw the water,
then drain the
fuel. If water still
does not drain,
see your dealer.
Recommended
Action
Immediately
after refueling,
message
displays and
stays on.
Problem
A large amount
of water is in the
fuel tank. Drain
the fuel filter
immediately.
If the message
stays on or
comes back on
without
refueling, then
fuel tank purging
is required. See
your dealer.
If the message
displays and the
engine stalls or
runs rough, do
not drive until
the water
contaminated
fuel is drained.
Recommended
Action
2. Place a container under the
filter drain valve, which is on
the bottom of the fuel filter.
1. Turn the engine off and apply
the parking brake.
To drain water:
Removing Water from the Fuel
Filter
Driving with this message on can
damage the fuel injection system
and the engine. If the message
comes on right after a refuel,
water was pumped into the fuel
tank. Turn off the engine and
drain the water immediately.
Caution
4. With the engine off, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP
without applying the brake for
five seconds to place the
vehicle in Service Mode. See
Ignition Positions 0 182. Wait
approximately five seconds,
and then press ENGINE
START/STOP again to turn it
off. This operation will enhance
water flow out of the filter. The
3. Turn the drain plug
counterclockwise using a
suitable tool.
FWD Shown, AWD Similar
239
The fuel filter was removed.
The fuel lines were removed or
disconnected.
If air is present, the following may
have happened:
. The vehicle ran out of fuel.
For the fuel system to work properly,
air cannot be in the fuel lines. If air
gets in, the engine may not start
and the fuel lines will need to be
primed before operating the vehicle.
Fuel Priming
7. Start the engine and let it run
for a few minutes. During the
draining process, air may have
entered the fuel system. If the
engine stalls, the fuel system
may need to be primed. See
“Fuel Priming” following.
6. Properly dispose of the water
contaminated fuel.
5. Retighten the drain plug by
turning it clockwise.
filter is drained as soon as
diesel fuel emerges from
the port.
Driving and Operating
The fuel filter water drain valve
was opened while the engine
was running.
Driving and Operating
3. Repeat Step 2 if the engine
stalls and will not restart.
2. Press and hold ENGINE
START/STOP while applying
the brake for a maximum of
40 seconds at a time, with
five seconds between attempts,
until the engine starts. If the
engine tries to run, but does
not run smoothly, increase the
rpm’s slightly by using the
accelerator pedal. This will help
force air through the system.
1. With the engine off, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP
without applying the brake for
five seconds to place the
vehicle in Service Mode. See
Ignition Positions 0 182. Wait
approximately five seconds
and press ENGINE START/
STOP again to turn it off. Do
this step three times or more
while the engine is off.
To prime the fuel lines:
240
If the engine has stalled due to
running out of fuel, add at least
7.6 L (2 gal) of fuel if parked on a
level surface, or up to 18.9 L (5 gal)
of fuel if parked on a slope, and
perform the procedure under “Fuel
Priming” previously in this section.
Diesel fuel is flammable. It could
start a fire if something ignites it,
and people could be burned. Do
not let it get on hot engine parts,
and keep matches or other
ignition sources away.
{ Warning
Running Out of Fuel
(Diesel)
4. After a few attempts, if the
engine still does not start, see
your dealer.
2. Apply the parking brake.
Keep the engine off until the
procedure is completed.
1. Drain any water from the filter.
See “Removing Water from the
Fuel Filter” in Water in Fuel
(Diesel) 0 237.
The fuel filter is on the passenger
side, in front of the rear tire.
Diesel fuel is flammable. It could
start a fire if something ignites it,
and people could be burned. Do
not let it get on hot engine parts,
and keep matches or other
ignition sources away.
{ Warning
Fuel Filter Replacement
(Diesel)
7. Use the fuel filter priming
procedure to prime the fuel
filter. See “Fuel Priming” in
Water in Fuel (Diesel) 0 237.
6. Reinstall and tighten the filter
cap to the housing.
5. Install the new filter element
and o-rings.
4. Remove the filter element and
o-rings. If there is any dirt on
the filter sealing surface, clean
it off.
3. Remove the filter element cap
by turning it counterclockwise.
FWD Shown, AWD Similar
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
. To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the
fuel pump island.
. Turn off the engine when
refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
(Continued)
{ Warning
Filling the Tank
(Gasoline)
9. Reset the fuel filter monitor.
See Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 134.
8. Start the engine and let it idle
for five minutes. Check the fuel
filter and air bleed valve for
leaks.
Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.
Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
Fuel can spray out if the
refueling nozzle is inserted
too quickly. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly
full, and is more likely in hot
weather. Insert the refueling
nozzle slowly and wait for
any hiss noise to stop prior
to beginning to flow fuel.
Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
241
Warning (Continued)
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
The vehicle has a capless fuel
system and does not have a fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
inserted and latched prior to starting
fuel flow.
To open the fuel door, push and
release the rearward center edge of
the door.
242
Potential fuel fires.
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
{ Warning
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 334.
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
. Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
. Fuel spills.
Warning
Attempting to refuel without using
the funnel adapter may cause fuel
spillage and damage the capless
fuel system. This could cause a
fire and you or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged.
{ Warning
2. Insert and latch the funnel into
the capless fuel system.
1. Locate the capless funnel
adapter from under the
spare tire.
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and
must be filled from a portable
gas can:
Filling the Tank with a Portable
Gas Can
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
. To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the
fuel pump island.
. Turn off the engine when
refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
. Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.
. Do not re-enter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
(Continued)
{ Warning
Filling the Tank (Diesel)
3. Remove and clean the funnel
adapter and return it to the
storage location.
Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly
and wait for any hiss noise
to stop, then unscrew the
cap all the way.
Warning (Continued)
243
Potential fuel fires
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 334.
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
. Fuel spills
{ Warning
Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise
to remove. Reinstall the cap by
turning it clockwise until it clicks.
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
door on the driver side of the
vehicle. To open the fuel door, push
and release the rearward center
edge of the door.
Driving and Operating
{
Warning
Driving and Operating
Diesel fuel can foam when filling the
tank. This can cause the automatic
pump nozzle to shut off, even if the
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
of fuel cap may not fit properly,
may cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 125.
Caution
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
244
If the vehicle is accidentally refueled
with gasoline, do not continue
driving the vehicle except to get to a
location where it can be stopped
safely. Driving the vehicle will
damage the fuel system. Have the
vehicle towed to a qualified
technician to have the gasoline
removed from the tank and fuel
system. Flush the fuel system with
Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel to
ensure all gasoline is removed.
Accidental Refueling with
Gasoline
Heat coming from the engine can
cause the fuel to expand and
force the fuel out of the tank.
If something ignites the fuel, a fire
could start. To help avoid this, fill
the tank slowly and only until the
nozzle shuts off. Do not top it off.
Clean up any spilled fuel.
{ Warning
tank is not full. If this happens, wait
for the foaming to stop, and then fill
the tank more slowly.
DEF is not a fuel additive and never
comes into contact with diesel fuel.
It is stored in a separate tank. The
fill port is behind the fuel door next
to the regular fuel cap. It has a blue
filler cap. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid
0 194.
DEF is a non-toxic solution that is
sprayed into the exhaust stream of
diesel vehicles to cause a chemical
reaction and break down NOx
emissions into harmless nitrogen
and water.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
Use approved fuel
containers.
Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.
Place the container on the
ground.
Place the nozzle inside the
fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.
(Continued)
Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
{ Warning
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
Do not smoke, light
matches, or use lighters
while pumping fuel.
Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.
Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.
Warning (Continued)
245
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply
specifically to trailer towing.
Driving with a Trailer
Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 330. For
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 331.
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a
trailer.
General Towing
Information
Trailer Towing
Driving and Operating
Then, during the first 800 km
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the
transmission shifts too often.
Turn off Parking Assist when
towing.
Do not use the compact spare
while towing.
When towing a trailer:
(Continued)
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window is open.
{ Warning
Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent
damage to the engine, axle,
or other parts.
Driving and Operating
246
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
For information about carbon
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust
0 192.
Also adjust the climate
control system to a setting
that brings in only outside
air. See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
Do not drive with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch,
or rear-most window open.
Warning (Continued)
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid situations
that require heavy braking and
sudden turns.
Following Distance
When towing, the sound of the
stability control system might be
heard. The system is reacting to the
vehicle movement caused by the
trailer, which mainly occurs during
cornering. This is normal when
towing heavier trailers.
Towing with a Stability Control
System
During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer
brakes still work.
electric brakes, start the
combination moving and then apply
the trailer brake controller by hand
to be sure the brakes work.
Making very sharp turns while
trailering could cause the trailer to
come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering.
Caution
Making Turns
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move your hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.
Backing Up
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. Because the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before returning to the lane.
Passing
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
Driving on Grades
When towing a trailer, the turn
signal indicators in the instrument
cluster flash for turns even if the
bulbs on the trailer are burned out.
Check occasionally to be sure the
trailer bulbs are still working.
The turn signal indicators in the
instrument cluster flash whenever
signaling a turn or lane change.
Properly hooked up, the trailer
lamps also flash, telling other
drivers the vehicle is turning,
changing lanes, or stopping.
Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer
When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal so the
trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
curbs, road signs, trees, or other
objects. Use the turn signal well in
advance and avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers.
247
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, engine coolant
boils at a lower temperature than at
normal altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing
at high altitude on steep uphill
grades, the vehicle could show
signs similar to engine overheating.
To avoid this, let the engine run
while parked, preferably on level
ground, with the transmission in
P (Park) for a few minutes before
turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating 0 274.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the transmission
shifts too often.
brakes might have to be used so
much that they would get hot and no
longer work well.
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb
the load.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill.
If parking the rig on a hill:
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
{ Warning
Parking on Hills
248
Release the parking brake.
Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 344.
Things that are especially important
in trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
brake system. Inspect these before
and during the trip.
Maintenance When Trailer
Towing
4. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
Shift into a gear.
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
while you:
. Start the engine.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
5. Release the brake pedal.
The total weight on the vehicle's
tires
The weight of the trailer tongue
Safe trailering requires monitoring
the weight, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, the
dimensions of the front of the trailer,
and how frequently the vehicle is
used to pull a trailer. Take into
consideration any special equipment
on the vehicle, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
Weight of the Trailer
Before pulling a trailer, there are
three important considerations that
have to do with weight:
. The weight of the trailer
Trailer Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
0 274.
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing
Use the following chart to determine
how much the vehicle can weigh,
based upon the vehicle model and
options.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice. For kingpin
weight and trailer tongue weight
information, see “Weight of the
Trailer Tongue” later in this section.
Trailer weight rating (TWR) is
calculated assuming the tow vehicle
has the driver, a front seat
passenger, and all required trailering
equipment. Weight of additional
optional equipment, passengers,
and cargo in the tow vehicle must
be subtracted from the trailer weight
rating.
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
later in this section for more
information.
680 kg (1,500 lb)
680 kg (1,500 lb)
1 590 kg (3,505 lb)
1.5L Gas AWD
1.6L Diesel, 2.0L Gas
2.0L Gas with V92
Trailering Provisions
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo carried in it, and the people
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.
249
3 490 kg (7,694 lb)
2 580 kg (5,687 lb)
2 480 kg (5,467 lb)
2 380 kg (5,247 lb)
GCWR*
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If there are a lot of options,
equipment, passengers, or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
weight the vehicle can carry, which
will also reduce the trailer weight the
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
the tongue load must be added to
the GVW because the vehicle will
be carrying that weight, too. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 177.
† For trailers without trailer brakes the maximum trailer weight is 454 kg
(1,000 lb). See Towing Equipment 0 250.
* The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable
weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any
passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. Do not exceed the
GCWR for the vehicle.
680 kg (1,500 lb)
1.5L Gas FWD
Vehicle
Maximum Trailer
Weight with Trailer
Brakes†
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Inflate the vehicle's tires to the
upper limit for cold tires. These
numbers can be found on the
Certification label or see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 177 for more
Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
In general, trailer tongue weight (1)
should be 10–15% of the loaded
trailer weight (2). Some specific
trailer types, such as boat trailers,
fall outside of this range. Refer to
the trailer owner’s manual for the
recommended trailer tongue weight.
In all cases, do not exceed the
maximum loads for the vehicle
series and hitch type.
250
Use the correct hitch equipment.
See your dealer or a hitch dealer for
assistance.
. The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
. Will any holes be made in the
body of the vehicle when the
trailer hitch is installed? If so,
seal the holes when the hitch is
removed. If the holes are not
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
Hitches
Towing Equipment
information. Do not go over the
GVW limit for the vehicle, or the
GAWR, including the weight of the
trailer tongue. If using a
weight-distributing hitch, do not go
over the rear axle limit before
applying the weight distribution
spring bars.
3. Disengage the cover at the
upper attachments (1) and
remove.
2. Pull the bottom edge of the
cover rearward.
1. Remove two fasteners (2).
To remove the hitch cover:
Hitch Cover
carbon monoxide (CO) from the
exhaust can get into the vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust 0 192.
A loaded trailer that weighs more
than 900 kg (2,000 lb) must be
equipped with its own brake system,
with brakes working on all axles.
Trailer braking equipment
conforming to Canadian Standards
Association (CSA) requirement
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
recommended. State and local
regulations may also require the
trailer to have its own braking
system if loaded above a certain
threshold. These requirements vary
from state to state. Read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly.
Trailer Brakes
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Leave enough slack so the rig can
turn. Never allow safety chains to
drag on the ground.
Safety Chains
TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is
turned off. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 208.
When TSC is applying the brakes,
the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light
flashes to notify the driver to reduce
speed. If the trailer continues to
sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine
torque to help slow the vehicle.
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) feature as part of the
StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects
that the trailer is swaying, the
vehicle's brakes are automatically
applied.
Trailer Sway
Control (TSC)
Do not tap into the vehicle's
hydraulic brake system.
251
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/
Maintenance testing. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 125.
A device connected to the
DLC — such as an aftermarket
fleet or driver-behavior tracking
device — may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect
vehicle operation and cause a
crash. Such devices may also
access information stored in the
vehicle’s systems.
{ Warning
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Driving and Operating
Caution
Driving and Operating
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 84 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 85.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
252
255
255
254
254
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 267
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 268
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 274
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Battery - North America . . . . . . 278
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 279
Vehicle Checks
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information
Vehicle Care
291
289
286
285
285
282
283
283
283
284
282
282
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Wheels and Tires
Electrical System Overload . . .
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . .
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical System
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . .
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . .
Bulb Replacement
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Headlamp Aiming
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 279
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 280
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
253
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 295
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 312
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 326
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Appearance Care
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Towing the Vehicle
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Jump Starting
254
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
General Information
See Battery - North America 0 278
and Jump Starting - North America
0 327 and the back cover.
Most motor vehicles, including
this one, as well as many of its
service parts and fluids, contain
and/or emit chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and
systems, many fluids, and some
component wear by-products
contain and/or emit these
chemicals. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
{ Warning
California Proposition
65 Warning
Adding non-dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Accessories and
Modifications
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 85.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
Damage to suspension components
caused by modifying vehicle height
outside of factory settings will not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
255
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
0 370.
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner’s manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
{ Warning
Doing Your Own
Service Work
Vehicle Checks
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
1. Pull the hood release lever with
this symbol on it. It is on the
lower left side of the instrument
panel between the door and
the steering wheel.
To open the hood:
Hood
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Caution
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 356.
256
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
find the secondary hood
release handle. The handle is
under the front edge of the
hood near the center. Push the
handle to the right and raise
the hood.
2. Lift the hood to relieve
pressure on the hood prop.
Remove the hood prop from
the slot on the underside of the
hood and return the prop to its
retainer. The prop rod must
1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all the filler caps are
properly installed.
To close the hood:
3. Release the hood prop from its
retainer, located above the
radiator. Securely place the
hood prop into the slot on the
underside of the hood.
4. Check to make sure the hood
is closed. If not, repeat
Steps 1–3 in the “To open the
hood” section and then
proceed with repeating
Steps 1–4 in this section.
3. Lower the hood so that it is
30 cm (12 in) above the vehicle
and release it so it fully latches.
click into place when returning
it to the retainer to prevent
hood damage.
Vehicle Care
257
Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
258
1.5L Gas Engine
11. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 275.
10. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 327.
9. Battery - North America 0 278.
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 270.
7. Remote Positive (+) Terminal
(Under Cover). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 327.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 286.
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 277.
4. Engine Cooling Fan. See
Cooling System 0 270.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 263.
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 263.
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 268.
Vehicle Care
259
260
Vehicle Care
1.6L L4 Diesel Engine
11. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 275.
10. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 327.
9. Battery - North America 0 278.
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 270.
7. Remote Positive (+) Terminal
(Under Cover). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 327.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 286.
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 277.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 263.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 263.
2. Engine Cooling Fan. See
Cooling System 0 270.
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 268.
Vehicle Care
261
262
Vehicle Care
2.0L Gas Engine
11. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 275.
10. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 327.
9. Battery - North America 0 278.
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 270.
7. Remote Positive (+) Terminal
(Under Cover). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 327.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 286.
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 277.
4. Engine Cooling Fan. See
Cooling System 0 270.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 263.
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 263.
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 268.
Check the engine oil level regularly,
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
prior to a long trip. The engine oil
Checking Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
. Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
. Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 267.
. Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
Engine Oil
263
Follow these guidelines:
. To get an accurate reading, park
the vehicle on level ground.
Check the engine oil level after
the engine has been off for at
least two hours. Checking the
engine oil level on steep grades
or too soon after engine shutoff
can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
If a low oil Driver Information Center
(DIC) message displays, check the
oil level. If the oil is not low and the
low oil message remains on, take
the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
{ Warning
dipstick handle is a loop. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 258 for the location.
Vehicle Care
If unable to wait two hours, the
engine must be off for at least
15 minutes if the engine is
warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean
paper towel or cloth, then push it
back in all the way. Remove it
again, keeping the tip down, and
check the level.
LYX 1.5L L4 Turbo Engine
When to Add Engine Oil
Vehicle Care
checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick
and check the level.
264
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
recommended oil and then recheck
the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to
use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications 0 358.
LH7 1.6L L4 Diesel Engine
LTG 2.0L L4 Turbo Engine
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 258 for the location of the engine
oil fill cap.
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
Caution
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
engine oil for the LTG 2.0L turbo
engine. Cold Temperature
Operation: In an area of extreme
cold, where the temperature falls
below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE
0W-30 oil may be used. An oil of
this viscosity grade will provide
easier cold starting for the engine at
extremely low temperatures.
For the LYX 1.5L turbo engine, use:
. Dexos1 approved ACDelco Full
Synthetic 0W20 engine oil.
. Dexos1 approved Mobil 1 Full
Synthetic 0W20 engine oil.
. Or any other 0W20 engine oil
meeting dexos1 second
generation requirements.
Ask for and use engine oils that
meet the dexos1 specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.
Viscosity Grade
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Specification
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
(Gasoline Engines)
265
Use of Substitute Engine Oils if
dexos2 is unavailable: In the event
that dexos2-approved engine oil is
not available at an oil change or for
maintaining proper oil level, you
may use substitute engine oil that
meets ACEA C3 of the appropriate
viscosity grade.
Ask for and use engine oils that
meet the dexos2 specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos2 specification are marked
with the dexos2 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.
Specification
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade:
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
(Diesel Engines)
When selecting an oil of the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is
recommended to select an oil of the
correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
Vehicle Care
Caution
Vehicle Care
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
engine oil.
Viscosity Grade
Use only engine oil that is
approved to the dexos2
specification or equivalent engine
oil as defined in the preceding
paragraph. Failure to use the
recommended engine oil can
result in engine damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
266
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29 °C
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-40 oil may be
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
What to Do with Used Oil
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
will provide easier cold starting for
the engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an oil
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it
is recommended to select an oil of
the correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
See “Specification” earlier in this
section.
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
When to Change Engine Oil
Engine Oil Life System
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system may indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must
be reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
267
2. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE
on the DIC menu. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
1. Place the ignition in Service
Mode. See Ignition Positions
0 182.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
3. REMAINING OIL LIFE 100%
will be displayed when the oil
life system is successfully
reset.
2. Press and hold V for several
seconds while the Oil Life
display is active to reset the Oil
Life system.
1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE
on the DIC menu. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
system:
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, this should be
done at your dealer. Contact your
dealer for additional information or
It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not reset. Repeat the
procedure.
4. If the display changes to 100%,
the system is reset.
3. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
268
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance Schedule
0 344.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 258.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Change the fluid at the intervals
listed in Maintenance Schedule
0 344, and be sure to use the fluid
listed in Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353.
the procedure can be found in the
service manual. To purchase a
service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
0 370.
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
the engine air cleaner/filter (away
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
3. Remove the four screws (1)
and remove the air cleaner/
filter cover, keeping the wiring
harness electrical connector (3)
connected to the sensor.
2. Loosen the screw on the air
duct clamp (2) and remove the
air duct hose from the cover.
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 256.
1. Screws
2. Air Duct Clamp
3. Electrical Connector
1.5L Gas Engine Shown, 1.6L
Diesel Engine and 2.0L Gas
Engine Similar
1. Align the air cleaner/filter with
the indicated point on the base
of the air cleaner/filter housing
and install the air cleaner/filter.
The outer air cleaner/filter seal
must be fitted properly in the
air cleaner/filter housing.
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
{ Warning
5. Verify that the wiring harness
connector is fully connected to
the sensor on the air cleaner/
filter housing.
4. Slide the air duct onto the
cover assembly and tighten the
screw on the air duct clamp.
3. Install the air cleaner/filter
housing cover using the four
screws.
5. Inspect or replace the air
cleaner/filter.
How to Reinstall the Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter
2. Align the air cleaner/filter
housing cover tabs to the air
cleaner/filter housing.
269
4. Pull straight up on the cover,
and while holding the cover,
remove the air cleaner/filter.
Vehicle Care
Caution
Vehicle Care
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap
1.5L Gas Engine
Cooling System
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when driving.
270
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap
1.6L Diesel Engine
An underhood electric fan can
start up even when the engine is
not running and can cause injury.
Keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any underhood
electric fan.
{ Warning
1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out
of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap
2.0L Gas Engine
If there seems to be no leak, with
the engine on, check to see if the
electric engine cooling fan is
running. If the engine is
What to Use
The coolant level should be at the
top rib on the middle of the tank. If it
is not, the vehicle may have a leak
at the radiator hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, water pump, or somewhere
else in the cooling system.
Plain water, or other liquids such
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
(Continued)
{ Warning
The following explains the cooling
systems and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 274.
The engine cooling system in the
vehicle are filled with DEX-COOL
engine coolant mixture. This coolant
needs to be checked and changed
at appropriate levels.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353 and Maintenance
Schedule 0 344.
Engine Coolant
overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, the vehicle
needs service. Turn off the engine.
If the coolant inside the coolant
surge tank is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down.
The vehicle should be parked on a
level surface.
Do not touch heater or radiator
hoses, or other engine parts.
They can be very hot and can
burn you. Do not run the engine if
there is a leak; all coolant could
leak out. That could cause an
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
any leak before driving the
vehicle.
Warning
271
Helps keep the proper engine
temperature
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature
. Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature
. Protects against rust and
corrosion
. Will not damage aluminum parts
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.
Warning (Continued)
Vehicle Care
Caution
Vehicle Care
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Checking Coolant
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or pouring into sewers,
streams, or bodies of water. Have
the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Do not use anything other than a
mix of DEX-COOL coolant that
meets GM Standard
GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
water. Anything else can cause
damage to the vehicle’s engine
cooling system and vehicle, which
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
272
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down. If coolant is visible
but the coolant level mark is not
visible, add a 50/50 mixture of
clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant
surge tank to the top rib on the
middle of the tank, but be sure the
cooling system is cool before this is
done. See Engine Overheating
0 274.
Plain water, or other liquids such
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
(Continued)
{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool.
{ Warning
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
The coolant surge tank is located in
the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 258.
Failure to follow the specific
coolant fill procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and could
cause system damage. If coolant
is not visible in the surge tank,
contact your dealer.
Caution
Spilling coolant on hot engine
parts can burn you. Coolant
contains ethylene glycol and it will
burn if the engine parts are hot
enough.
{ Warning
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.
Warning (Continued)
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly and remove it.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about
one-quarter of a turn. If you
hear a hiss, wait for that to
stop. This will allow any
pressure still left to be vented
out the discharge hose.
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
273
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the
indicated level mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until you
can feel the upper radiator
hose getting hot. Watch out for
the engine cooling fans.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the
indicated level mark.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
The vehicle has an engine coolant
temperature gauge on the
instrument cluster and overheat
messages in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) to warn of engine
overheating. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge 0 122.
Engine Overheating
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and engine
damage may occur. Be sure the
cap is properly and tightly
secured.
Caution
If the coolant still is not at the
proper level when the system
cools down again, see your
dealer.
6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the
coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.
5. Replace the pressure cap
tightly.
274
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak in the engine cooling system.
This can cause a loss of all
coolant and can damage the
system and vehicle. Have any
leaks fixed right away.
Caution
If the decision to lift the hood is
made, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface. Then
check to see if the engine cooling
fan(s) are running. If the engine is
overheating, the fan(s) should be
running. If they are not, do not
continue to run the engine, and
have the vehicle serviced.
The decision may be made not to lift
the hood when the engine coolant
temperature gauge is in the
overheat zone or an engine
overheat DIC message displays, but
instead to get service help right
away. See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 365.
Stops after high-speed driving
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is in the overheat zone or an
engine overheat DIC message is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day
If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool.
{ Warning
If Steam Is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
Tows a trailer
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is no longer in the overheat
zone or an overheat DIC message
no longer displays, the vehicle can
be driven. Continue to drive the
vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes.
Keep a safe distance from the
vehicle in front. If the engine coolant
temperature gauge does not go
back to the overheat zone or an
overheat DIC message does not
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
2. Turn the heater on to the
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is in the overheat zone and
an overheat DIC message is
displayed with no sign of steam:
Idles for long periods in traffic
When windshield washer fluid is
needed, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against
freezing.
What to Use
Washer Fluid
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the engine coolant
temperature gauge is still in the
overheat zone or an overheat DIC
message displays, turn off the
engine until it cools down.
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is still in the overheat zone or
an overheat DIC message still
displays, pull over, stop, and park
the vehicle right away. If overheat
messages appear repeatedly, see
your dealer.
display, continue to drive normally
and have the cooling system
checked for proper fill and function.
275
Do not use washer fluid that
contains any type of water
repellent coating. This can
cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.
Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.
(Continued)
Caution
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 258 for
reservoir location.
Adding Washer Fluid
Vehicle Care
When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.
Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can
Brakes
Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system.
Caution (Continued)
Vehicle Care
276
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Caution
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
{ Warning
be heard all the time when the
vehicle is moving, except when
applying the brake pedal firmly.
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or if parts are improperly
installed.
Replacing Brake System Parts
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
Brake Pedal Travel
Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 358.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:
. Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
level surface, the brake fluid level
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake
fluid reservoir.
Checking Brake Fluid
The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid as indicated on the
reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 258 for
the location of the reservoir.
Brake Fluid
A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system. Have the
brake hydraulic system fixed.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well.
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
{ Warning
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it.
277
The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
possible injury. Always use the
proper GM approved brake fluid.
{ Warning
Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
container. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 353.
What to Add
Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of
the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 344.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 127.
Vehicle Care
Caution
Vehicle Care
The vehicle has an Absorbing Glass
Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery.
Installation of a standard 12-volt
battery will result in reduced 12-volt
battery life. When using a 12-volt
battery charger on the 12-volt AGM
battery, some chargers have an
AGM battery setting on the charger.
If available, use the AGM setting on
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 258 for battery location.
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Battery - North America
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged.
Immediately wash off any painted
surface.
278
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 254 and the back
cover.
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
{ Warning
the charger, to limit charge voltage
to 14.8 volts. Follow the charger
manufacture's instructions.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting North America 0 327 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
{ Warning
Vehicle Storage
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
{ Warning
Starter Switch Check
Under normal driving conditions,
transfer case fluid does not require
maintenance unless there is a fluid
leak or unusual noise. If required,
have the transfer case serviced by
your dealer.
Transfer Case
All-Wheel Drive
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
{ Warning
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
279
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
. To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Vehicle Care
1. Pull the wiper assembly away
from the windshield.
To replace the wiper blade:
Front Wiper Blade
Replacement
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
Caution
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper type and
length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 354.
2. Lift up on the latch in the
middle of the wiper blade
where the wiper arm attaches.
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
3. With the latch open, pull the
wiper blade down toward the
windshield far enough to
release it from the J-hooked
end of the wiper arm.
The rear wiper blade and wiper arm
have a cover for protection.
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear and cracking.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 344.
1. Lift the wiper arm away from
the windshield.
To replace the wiper blade:
5. Snap the cover down to
secure.
4. After wiper blade replacement,
ensure that the cover hook
slides into the slot in the blade
assembly.
3. Remove the cover.
2. Slide the cover toward the
wiper blade tip to unhook it
from the blade assembly.
1. Slide a plastic tool under the
cover and push upward to
unsnap.
To remove the cover:
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
Vehicle Care
Wiper Blade Replacement
280
This vehicle is equipped with gas
strut(s) to provide assistance in
lifting and holding open the hood/
trunk/liftgate system in full open
position.
Gas Strut(s)
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely on the wiper arm until
the release lever clicks into
place.
2. Push the release lever (2) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
See Maintenance Schedule 0 344.
Do not apply tape or hang any
objects from gas struts. Also do
not push down or pull on gas
struts. This may cause damage to
the vehicle.
Caution
If the gas struts that hold open
the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,
you or others could be seriously
injured. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service immediately.
Visually inspect the gas struts for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage periodically. Check to
make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate
is held open with enough force.
If struts are failing to hold the
hood/trunk/liftgate, do not
operate. Have the vehicle
serviced.
{ Warning
Trunk
Hood
Vehicle Care
281
282
Liftgate
Vehicle Care
The High Intensity Discharge
(HID) lighting system operates at
a very high voltage. If you try to
service any of the system
(Continued)
{ Warning
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
{ Warning
Halogen Bulbs
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, or any bulb changing
procedure not listed in this section,
contact your dealer.
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Bulb Replacement
Headlamp Aiming
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 256.
To replace one of these bulbs:
Front Turn Signal Lamps
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer.
LED Lighting
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.
components, you could be
seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
service them.
Warning (Continued)
2. Remove the bulb access cap
from the top of the headlamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise.
283
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 41.
To replace one of these lamps:
Taillamps
5. Install the bulb access cap onto
the headlamp assembly by
turning clockwise.
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb
socket.
3. Remove bulb from the bulb
socket by pinching the tabs on
the either side of the bulb and
pull straight out.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
5. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull
it out.
4. Disconnect the lamp wiring
harness.
3. Pull the taillamp assembly out
of the vehicle body.
2. Remove the two screw caps
and two screws from the
taillamp assembly.
284
9. Reverse steps 2–5 to reinstall
the lamp assembly.
8. Push the bulb socket in and
turn it clockwise.
7. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket.
6. Pull the bulb straight out of the
socket.
1. Bulb Socket
Bulb Assembly
Lamp Assembly
License Plate Lamp
8. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.
7. Push the lamp assembly into
the liftgate engaging the clip
side first.
6. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket
and turn the bulb socket
clockwise to install it into the
lamp assembly.
5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1).
4. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
3. Pull the lamp assembly down
to remove it from the liftgate.
2. Push the lamp assembly
outboard to remove.
1. Open the liftgate partway. See
Liftgate 0 41.
To replace one of these bulbs:
2. Bulb
3. Lamp Assembly
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
Headlamp Wiring
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
When the electrical load current is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed. This
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
Electrical System
Overload
Electrical System
285
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Windshield Wipers
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Vehicle Care
{
Danger
Vehicle Care
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses and circuit breakers are
marked with their ampere rating.
Do not exceed the
specified amperage rating when
replacing fuses and circuit
breakers. Use of an oversized
fuse or circuit breaker can result
in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or
killed.
286
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
Caution
To identify and check fuses, circuit
breakers, and relays, see Engine
Compartment Fuse Block 0 286,
Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 289,
and Rear Compartment Fuse Block
0 291.
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
To remove the fuse block cover,
squeeze the clips on the cover and
lift it straight up. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 258.
There is a fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse block. See
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
0 286. It can be used to easily
remove fuses from the fuse block.
Starter 1
Starter 2
Lambda sensor 1
Engine control
module
F01
F02
F03
F04
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses
Usage
–
Engine control
module
F07
F08
Air conditioning
clutch
Transmission control
module
F06
F09
FlexFuel sensor
Usage
F05
Fuses
Front heated seats
Afterboil pump
–
Lambda sensor 2
Fuel injectors–odd
Fuel injectors–even
–/Selective catalytic
reduction
module (diesel only)
–/NOx soot
sensor (diesel only)
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
F19
–/Diesel fuel
heater (diesel only)
–
F26
–
Front washer
Antilock brake pump
Shift control
F25
F24
F23
F22
F21
DC DC converter 2
Fuel system
F11
F20
Canister vent
Usage
287
F10
Fuses
Vehicle Care
Usage
Antilock brake VAL
LD trailer
Rear window
defogger
Mirror defroster
–
Variable functions
–
Horn
Vacuum pump
Right high-beam
headlamp
Left high-beam
headlamp
Automatic headlamp
leveling
Fog lamps
–
Transmission range
control module
Motorized headlamp
Fuel pump
F27
F28
F29
F30
F31
F32
F33
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40
F41
F42
F43
Vehicle Care
Fuses
288
Driver side
ventilated seat
F46
Engine control
module/
Transmission control
module
–
Front wiper
Front wiper speed/
Control
–
Left headlamp
F53
F54
F55
F56
F57
Right headlamp
F51
F52
Heated steering
wheel
–
Rear wiper
F50
F49
F48
Steering column lock
assembly
Canister vent
solenoid
F45
F47
Interior rearview
mirror
Usage
F44
Fuses
Rear window
defogger
Horn
K15
*K16
High-beam
headlamps
K12
Run/Crank
–
K11
K14
–
K10
Headlamps/Daytime
running lamps
Wiper speed
K09
K13
–
–
K08
K07
–/Fuel
heater (diesel only)
K06
Wiper control
K04
Starter solenoid
Engine control
module
K03
K05
Air conditioning
control
Starter solenoid
Usage
K02
K01
Relays
Fog lamps
Coolant pump
–
Rear washer
Front washer
Wiper control
*K18
*K19
*K20
*K21
*K22
*K23
* PCB relays are not serviceable.
Selective catalytic
reduction
Usage
*K17
Relays
Apply pressure to the two retaining
tabs on the sides of the cover, until
the two retaining tabs clear the
sides of the instrument panel. Allow
the panel to move downward and
out of the way.
To access the fuses, press and
release the latch near the top center
square.
The instrument panel fuse block is
under the instrument panel on the
driver side.
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
289
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses and relays
shown.
To reinstall the cover, reverse the
steps.
Vehicle Care
DC AC inverter
Front windows
F01
F02
Usage
Vehicle Care
Fuses
290
Trailer brake
Heating, ventilation,
and air conditioning
blower
Body control
module 2
Cyber security
–
Body control
module 3
Amplifier
–
–
–
–
Electronic shifter
Transmission control
module
Front heated seats
Left data link
connector
F04
F05
F06
F07
F08
F09
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
Usage
F03
Fuses
Electric steering
column lock
F23
Rear windows
–
Front Heated Seats
Switch
Steering wheel
controls
F29
F30
F31
Power seats
–
Occupancy sensor
F28
F27
F26
F25
Sensing and
diagnostic module
Body control
module 6
F22
F24
Body control
module 4
F21
Body control
module 1
Exterior rearview
mirror
F19
F20
Body control
module 7
Usage
F18
Fuses
Passive entry,
passive start
Liftgate latch
Shift charger
Cigarette lighter
OnStar
Instrument
panel USB
Camera module/
Liftgate module
Parking assist
module
Radio
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40
F41
F42
Deadbolt
Retained accessory
power
Liftgate
K01
K02
K03
Usage
Heating, ventilation,
and air conditioning
F33
Relays
Body control
module 8
Usage
F32
Fuses
Auxiliary power
outlet console
The rear compartment fuse block is
behind a trim panel on the driver
side of the rear compartment.
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block
CB2
Front auxiliary power
outlet
Logistics
K05
CB1
–
Usage
K04
Relays
291
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses and relays
shown.
Remove the trim plate to access the
fuse block.
Vehicle Care
Usage
Exhaust fuel heater
Liftgate
F1
F2
Vehicle Care
Fuses
292
Memory seat
module
Sunroof
Side blind zone
alert
Trailer reverse
lamps
Rear heated seat 1
Parking assist
Rear heated seat 2
–
Trailer
parking lamp
Right trailer turn
signal lamp
Left parking lamp
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F17
–
Right parking lamp
Power seats
F4
F16
Trailer auxiliary
power
Usage
F3
Fuses
Lumbar
Rear auxiliary
power outlet
F20
F21
Selective catalytic
reduction (SCR) –
(diesel only)
Park
K4
K5
Left trailer
stoplamp/Turn
signal lamp
Trailer reverse
lamps
Right trailer
stoplamp/Turn
signal lamp
Usage
K3
K2
K1
Relays
Rear all-wheel
drive
All-wheel drive
F19
F22
Left trailer turn
signal lamp
Usage
F18
Fuses
Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 177.
(Continued)
Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
{ Warning
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
Tires
Wheels and Tires
Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the
tread is badly worn,
replace them.
(Continued)
Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such
as when hitting a pothole.
Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.
Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
Warning (Continued)
Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.
Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.
293
Warning (Continued)
Vehicle Care
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires 0 294.
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 308.
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
Winter Tires
Vehicle Care
All-Season Tires
294
This vehicle may come with high
performance summer tires. These
tires have a special tread and
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road
performance. This special tread and
compound will have decreased
performance in cold climates, and
on ice and snow. It is recommended
that winter tires be installed on the
vehicle if frequent driving at
temperatures below approximately
5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow
covered roads is expected. See
Winter Tires 0 294.
Summer Tires
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
High performance summer tires
have rubber compounds that lose
flexibility and may develop
surface cracks in the tread area
at temperatures below −7 °C
(20 °F). Always store high
performance summer tires
indoors and at temperatures
above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in
use. If the tires have been
subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,
let them warm up in a heated
space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for
24 hours or more before being
installed or driving a vehicle on
which they are installed. Do not
apply heat or blow heated air
directly on the tires. Always
inspect tires before use. See Tire
Inspection 0 306.
Caution
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
295
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture : The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation) : The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG) : Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading 0 310.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
296
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
Compact Spare Tire Example
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation : The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(3) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, see Compact Spare
Tire 0 326 and If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 313.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(6) Tire Size : A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure
0 300.
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.
Tire Size
Tire Designations
297
(6) Service Description : These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Belt : A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Air Pressure : The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
298
DOT Markings : A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Curb Weight : The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
0 300.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Bead : The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure.
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 177.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 177.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 177.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight : The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Maximum Load Rating : The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Traction : The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure : Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
Speed Rating : An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Rim : A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
See Tire Pressure 0 300 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 177.
299
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Normal Occupant Weight : The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 177.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 177.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards) : A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading 0 310.
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
0 308.
300
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
Tire Pressure
Vehicle Placard : A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits 0 177.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire : Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Premature or
irregular wear.
Poor handling.
Reduced fuel economy.
Unusual wear.
Poor handling.
Rough ride.
Needless damage from
road hazards.
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
Caution
Check the tires once a month or
more. Do not forget the compact
spare, if the vehicle has one.
The cold compact spare tire
pressure should be at 420 kPa
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
Tire 0 326.
When to Check
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 177.
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
How to Check
301
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Vehicle Care
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 302.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 371.
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Vehicle Care
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
302
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure levels can be viewed. For
additional information and details
about the DIC operation and
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 134.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 177.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 306, Tire Rotation 0 306 and Tires
0 293.
A Tire and Loading Information
label, attached to your vehicle,
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 177, for an example of the
Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 300.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
303
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
use a GM-approved liquid tire
sealant. Using non-approved tire
sealants could damage the TPMS
sensors. See Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit 0 315 for
information regarding the inflator kit
materials and instructions.
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
Caution
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
flashes for about one minute and
then stays on for the remainder of
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
message also displays. The
malfunction light and DIC warning
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected.
Some of the conditions that can
cause these to come on are:
. One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and DIC message should
go off after the road tire is
replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
Matching Process” later in this
section.
. The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
304
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 308.
Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly it cannot detect or signal a
low tire pressure condition. See
your dealer for service if the TPMS
malfunction light and DIC message
come on and stay on.
One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
If the tire is overinflated by more
than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will
sound multiple times and the
cornering lamp will continue to flash
for eight seconds after filling stops.
Repeat these steps for all
underinflated tires.
When the recommended
pressure is reached, the horn
sounds once and the cornering
lamp will stop flashing and
briefly turn solid.
4. Add air to the tire that is
underinflated. The cornering
lamp will flash.
3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Set the parking brake firmly.
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level
place.
When the low tire pressure warning
light comes on:
This feature provides visual and
audible alerts outside the vehicle to
help when inflating an underinflated
tire to the recommended cold tire
pressure.
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
The TPMS will not activate the tire
fill alert properly under the following
conditions:
. There is interference from an
external device or transmitter.
. The air pressure from the
inflation device is not sufficient
to inflate the tire.
. There is a malfunction in
the TPMS.
. There is a malfunction in the
horn or turn signal lamps.
If the hazard warning flashers are
on, the tire fill alert visual feedback
will not work properly.
If the cornering lamp does not flash
within 15 seconds after starting to
inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has
not been activated or is not working.
To release and correct the pressure,
while the corning lamp is still
flashing, briefly press the center of
the valve stem. When the
recommended pressure is reached,
the horn sounds once.
The battery of the TPMS sensor
is low.
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. The
TPMS sensor matching process
should also be performed after
replacing a spare tire with a road
tire containing the TPMS sensor.
The malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
If the tire fill alert does not operate
due to TPMS interference, move the
vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or
forward and try again. If the tire fill
alert feature is not working, use a
tire pressure gauge.
The identification code of the
TPMS sensor is not registered to
the system.
305
3. Make sure the Tire Pressure
info page option is turned on.
The info pages on the DIC can
be turned on and off through
the Options menu. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
2. Place the vehicle in Service
Mode. See Ignition Positions
0 182.
1. Set the parking brake.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear
tire. See your dealer for service or
to purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
relearn tool can also be purchased.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
Activation Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
8. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
6. Start with the driver side
front tire.
The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn
mode and the TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC display.
5. Press and hold V in the center
of the DIC controls.
4. Use the DIC controls on the
right side of the steering wheel
to scroll to the Tire Pressure
screen under the DIC
info page.
306
The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
Replace the tire if:
Tires are rotated to achieve a
more uniform wear for all tires.
The first rotation is the most
important.
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 344.
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
Tire Inspection
12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
11. Turn the vehicle off.
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 7. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display goes off.
Do not include the compact
spare tire in the tire rotation.
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment.
See When It Is Time for New
Tires 0 308 and Wheel
Replacement 0 312.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
(Continued)
{ Warning
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 358.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 302.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated.
See Tire Pressure 0 300 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 177.
307
Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Warning (Continued)
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining.
See Tire Inspection 0 306 and Tire
Rotation 0 306.
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
When It Is Time for New
Tires
308
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
Vehicle Storage
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The
first two digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
Buying New Tires
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation 0 306. However, if it is
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 295.
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.
Warning
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle.
309
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.
{ Warning
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 177.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 301.
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
310
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
See Buying New Tires 0 308 and
Accessories and Modifications
0 255.
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
{ Warning
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
Treadwear
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
Temperature
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Traction
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.
311
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Wheel Replacement
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
312
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
{ Warning
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
{ Warning
Used Replacement Wheels
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
Caution
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the front tires.
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
Warning
Tire Chains
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires
0 293. If air goes out of a tire, it is
much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if there is ever a blowout, here
are a few tips about what to expect
and what to do:
If a Tire Goes Flat
313
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
{ Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
{ Warning
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Vehicle Care
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
(Continued)
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
{ Warning
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 152.
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
314
This vehicle may come with a jack
and spare tire or a tire sealant and
compressor kit. To use the jacking
equipment to change a spare tire
safely, follow the instructions below.
Then see Tire Changing 0 321. To
use the tire sealant and compressor
kit, see Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit 0 315.
5. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
Warning (Continued)
The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist you in the placement
of wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
Overinflating a tire could cause
the tire to rupture and you or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the tire sealant
and compressor kit instructions
and inflate the tire to its
(Continued)
{ Warning
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
area with poor ventilation is
dangerous. Engine exhaust may
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death. Never run the
engine in an enclosed area that
has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
Exhaust 0 192.
{ Warning
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit
The tire sealant and compressor
can be used to temporarily seal
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire or tire changing
equipment, and on some vehicles
there may not be a place to store
a tire.
Storing the tire sealant and
compressor kit or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
{ Warning
recommended pressure. Do not
exceed the recommended
pressure.
Warning (Continued)
315
1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve
The kit includes:
Read and follow all of the tire
sealant and compressor kit
instructions.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tire is
too severely damaged for the tire
sealant and compressor kit to be
effective. See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 365.
the tread area of the tire. It can also
be used to inflate an
underinflated tire.
Vehicle Care
Sealant/Air Hose
Base of Sealant Canister
Tire Sealant Canister
On/Off Button
Slot on Top of Compressor
Pressure Deflation Button
Pressure Gauge
9. Power Plug
10. Air Only Hose
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Vehicle Care
Read and follow the safe handling
instructions on the label adhered to
the tire sealant canister (4).
Tire Sealant
316
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 313 for
other important safety warnings.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 152.
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit to Temporarily
Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
There is only enough sealant to seal
one tire. After usage, the tire sealant
canister must be replaced.
Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the tire sealant canister.
The tire sealant canister (4) should
be replaced before its expiration
date. Replacement tire sealant
canisters are available at your local
dealer.
4. Attach the air only hose (10) to
the sealant canister inlet
valve (1) by turning it clockwise
until tight.
3. Place the compressor on the
ground near the flat tire.
2. Remove the air only hose (10)
and the power plug (9) from the
bottom of the compressor.
1. Remove the tire sealant
canister (4) and compressor
from its storage location. See
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit 0 321.
Do not remove any objects that
have penetrated the tire.
6. Remove the valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
Make sure the tire valve stem
is positioned close to the
ground so the hose will
reach it.
5. Slide the base of the tire
sealant canister (3) into the slot
on the top of the compressor
(6) to hold it upright.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
If the vehicle only has a
cigarette lighter, use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
8. Plug the power plug (9) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets 0 112.
7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)
to the tire valve stem by turning
it clockwise until tight.
317
The pressure gauge (8) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
11. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (8). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 300.
The pressure gauge (8) will
initially show a high pressure
while the compressor pushes
the sealant into the tire. Once
the sealant is completely
dispersed into the tire, the
pressure will quickly drop and
start to rise again as the tire
inflates with air only.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire.
10. Press the on/off button (5) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on.
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using
the air compressor.
Vehicle Care
Caution
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate pressure
reading. The compressor may
be turned on/off until the
correct pressure is reached.
Vehicle Care
The tire is not sealed and will
continue to leak air until the
vehicle is driven and the
sealant is distributed in the tire.
12. Press the on/off button (5) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.
If the recommended pressure
cannot be reached after
approximately 25 minutes, the
vehicle should not be driven
farther. The tire is too severely
damaged and the tire sealant and
compressor kit cannot inflate the
tire. Remove the power plug from
the accessory power outlet and
unscrew the inflating hose from
the tire valve. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 365.
318
18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)
clockwise onto the sealant
canister inlet valve (1) to
prevent sealant leakage.
17. Turn the air only hose (10)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire sealant canister
inlet valve (1).
16. Remove the tire sealant
canister (4) from the slot on top
of the compressor (6).
15. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem.
13. Unplug the power plug (9) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
Therefore, Steps 13–21 must
be done immediately after
Step 12.
23. Stop at a safe location and
check the tire pressure. Refer
to Steps 1–10 under “Using the
22. Immediately drive the vehicle
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
sealant in the tire.
21. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the
vehicle.
Do not exceed the speed on
this label until the damaged tire
is repaired or replaced.
20. If the flat tire was able to inflate
to the recommended inflation
pressure, remove the
maximum speed label from the
sealant canister and place it in
a highly visible location.
19. Return the air only hose (10)
and power plug (9) back to
their original storage location.
26. Replace it with a new canister
available from your dealer.
25. Dispose of the used tire
sealant canister (4) at a local
dealer or in accordance with
local state codes and practices.
24. Wipe off any sealant from the
wheel, tire, or vehicle.
If the tire pressure has not
dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, inflate the
tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
If the tire pressure has fallen
more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
below the recommended
inflation pressure, stop driving
the vehicle. The tire is too
severely damaged and the tire
sealant cannot seal the tire.
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 365.
Tire Sealant and Compressor
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
Tire (Not Punctured).”
1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve
2. Sealant/Air Hose
3. Base of Sealant Canister
The kit includes:
Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit without
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
Punctured)
27. After temporarily sealing a tire
using the tire sealant and
compressor kit, take the
vehicle to an authorized dealer
within 161 km (100 mi) of
driving to have the tire repaired
or replaced.
319
Tire Sealant Canister
On/Off Button
Slot on Top of Compressor
Pressure Deflation Button
Pressure Gauge
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 152.
9. Power Plug
10. Air Only Hose
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
6. Plug the power plug (9) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets 0 112.
5. Attach the air only hose (10) to
the tire valve stem by turning it
clockwise until tight.
4. Remove the valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
Make sure the tire valve stem
is positioned close to the
ground so the hose will
reach it.
3. Place the compressor on the
ground near the flat tire.
2. Remove the air only hose (10)
and the power plug (9) from the
bottom of the compressor.
1. Remove the compressor from
its storage location. See
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit 0 321.
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 313 for
other important safety warnings.
320
The pressure gauge (8) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off
9. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (8). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 300.
The compressor will inflate the
tire with air only.
8. Press the on/off button (5) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using
the air compressor.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
If the vehicle only has a
cigarette lighter, use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
11. Unplug the power plug (9) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
Be careful while handling the
compressor as it could be
warm after usage.
10. Press the on/off button (5) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.
If the recommended pressure
cannot be reached after
approximately 25 minutes, the
vehicle should not be driven
farther. The tire is too severely
damaged and the tire sealant and
compressor kit cannot inflate the
tire. Remove the power plug from
the accessory power outlet and
unscrew the inflating hose from
the tire valve. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 365.
Caution
to get an accurate pressure
reading. The compressor may
be turned on/off until the
correct pressure is reached.
2. Fold the rear part of the load
floor to the front.
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 41.
The tire sealant and compressor kit
is in a bag in the rear compartment
storage area.
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit
The tire sealant and compressor kit
has accessory adapters located in a
compartment on the bottom of its
housing that can be used to inflate
air mattresses, balls, etc.
15. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the
vehicle.
14. Return the air only hose (10)
and power plug (9) back to
their original storage location.
13. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
12. Turn the air only hose (10)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem.
To store the tire sealant and
compressor kit, reverse the steps.
4. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from the bag.
3. Turn the retainer nut
counterclockwise to remove the
tire sealant and compressor
kit bag.
321
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 41.
To access the spare tire and tools:
1. Tow Eye (If Equipped)
2. Capless Funnel Adapter (If
Equipped)
3. Wheel Wrench
4. Strap
5. Jack
6. Screwdriver (If Equipped)
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
Tire Changing
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
2. For vehicles with a wheel cover
or center cap, pull the cover or
center cap away from the
wheel to remove it. Store the
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 313 for more information.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
5. The jack and tools are stored
below the spare tire. Remove
them from their container and
place them near the tire being
changed.
4. Turn the retainer nut
counterclockwise to remove the
spare tire. Place the spare tire
next to the tire being changed.
3. Pull the spare tire cover
forward and upward to
remove it.
2. Fold the rear part of the load
floor to the front, pull it
rearward to disengage the
clips, then pull upward to
remove it.
322
Make sure that the jack lift head
is in the correct position or you
may damage your vehicle. The
repairs would not be covered by
your warranty.
Caution
3. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen all
the wheel nuts, but do not
remove them yet.
wheel cover in the cargo area
until you have the flat tire
repaired or replaced.
4. Position the jack lift head at the
jack location nearest the
flat tire.
Rear Shown, Front Similar
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
(Continued)
5. Attach the wheel wrench to the
jack by fitting both ends over
one another.
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{ Warning
{ Warning
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
Warning (Continued)
{ Warning
The jack must not be used in
any other position.
Locate the notch on the sheet
metal weld flange. Place the
center of the jack lift head on
the center of the sheet metal
notch.
323
6. Raise the vehicle by turning the
wheel wrench clockwise. Raise
the vehicle far enough off the
ground so there is enough
room for the road tire to clear
the ground.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
(Continued)
{ Warning
8. Remove the flat tire.
7. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
324
10. Place the compact spare tire
on the wheel-mounting surface.
9. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Warning (Continued)
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
(Continued)
{ Warning
12. Lower the vehicle by turning
the jack handle
counterclockwise.
11. Reinstall the wheel nuts.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
{ Warning
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
0 358 for the wheel nut torque
specification.
Caution
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 358 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
Warning (Continued)
When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
tighten all five plastic caps hand
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
one-quarter of a turn.
15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench.
14. Lower the jack all the way and
remove the jack from under the
vehicle.
13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence, as
shown.
325
3. Replace the load floor.
2. Replace the spare tire cover.
1. Return the jack and tools to
their original storage location.
To store the flat tire:
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
{ Warning
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
Wheel covers will not fit on the
vehicle's compact spare. If you try
to put a wheel cover on the
compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.
Caution
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
7. Attach one end of the strap to
a cargo tie-down in the rear of
the vehicle.
6. Route the hook end of the
strap through the wheel.
Then route the hook through
the loop and pull the strap to
tighten it around the cargo
tie-down.
5. Route the loop end of the strap
through one of the cargo
tie-downs in the rear of the
vehicle.
4. Place the flat tire, lying flat, in
the rear storage compartment.
326
The compact spare is for temporary
use only. Replace the compact
spare tire with a full-size tire as
soon as possible.
10. Tighten the strap
9. Attach the other end of the
strap to the other cargo
tie-down in the rear of the
vehicle.
8. Route the strap through the
wheel, as shown.
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
{ Warning
Compact Spare Tire
When the compact spare is
installed, do not take the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact
spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel,
and other parts of the vehicle.
Caution
When using a compact spare tire,
the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and
Traction Control systems may
engage until the spare tire is
recognized by the vehicle,
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible
wheel slip.
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
Caution
Jump Starting - North
America
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.
327
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
(Continued)
{ Warning
If the battery has run down, try to
use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to
do it safely.
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 278.
Jump Starting
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Vehicle Care
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
burn you.
. They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
{ Warning
1. Discharged Battery
Negative Grounding Stud
2. Discharged Battery Positive
Terminal
3. Good Battery Negative
Terminal
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 254 and the back
cover.
Caution
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
328
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
(Continued)
Caution
1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a
trim cover. Open the cover to
expose the terminal.
The jump start positive terminal (3)
and negative terminal (4) are on the
battery of the vehicle providing the
jump start.
The jump start positive terminal on
the discharged battery (2) is located
in the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle.
The jump start negative grounding
stud (1) for the discharged battery is
to the left of the windshield washer
fluid reservoir.
4. Good Battery Positive
Terminal
4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all
lights and accessories in both
vehicles, except the hazard
warning flashers if needed.
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
Caution
3. Set the parking brake. See
Shifting Into Park 0 188.
2. Position the two vehicles so
that they are not touching.
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
Caution (Continued)
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
{ Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing, and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
{ Warning
329
9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
8. Connect the other end of the
black negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) grounding stud for
the discharged battery.
7. Connect one end of the black
negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) terminal of the
good battery.
6. Connect the other end of the
red positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
{ Warning
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes.
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
Jumper Cable Removal
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Caution
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
330
The vehicle is equipped with a tow
eye. Only use the tow eye to pull
the vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier
Consult a professional towing
service if the disabled vehicle must
be towed.
Use only a flatbed tow truck for
towing a disabled vehicle. Never
use a sling type lift or damage will
occur. Use ramps to help reduce
approach angles if necessary.
A towed vehicle should have its
drive wheels off the ground.
Do not lash or hook to
suspension components. Use the
proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle.
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Towing the Vehicle
Carefully open the cover by using
the small notch that conceals the
front tow eye socket.
Front Tow Eye
The tow eye is stored underneath
the load floor, near the spare tire or
the compressor kit, if equipped.
from a flat road surface. Do not use
the tow eye to pull the vehicle from
snow, mud, or sand.
If the vehicle is equipped with a
hitch, there is no provision to use
the tow eye in the rear of the
vehicle. The hitch may be used to
load the vehicle onto a flatbed tow
truck.
Rear Tow Eye
When the tow eye is removed,
reinstall the cover with the notch in
the original position.
Install the tow eye into the socket by
turning it until it stops.
If equipped, carefully open the cover
by using the small notch that
conceals the rear tow eye socket.
331
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle – such as behind a motor
home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
To tow the vehicle behind another
vehicle for recreational purposes,
such as behind a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 331.
When the tow eye is removed,
reinstall the cover with the notch in
the original position.
Install the tow eye into the socket by
turning it until it stops.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
. The towing capacity of the
towing vehicle. Be sure to read
the tow vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
. How far the vehicle will be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
. The proper towing equipment.
See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice
and equipment
recommendations.
. If the vehicle is ready to be
towed. Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
332
The vehicle was not designed to be
towed with all four wheels on the
ground. The vehicle may be towed
If the vehicle is towed with all four
wheels on the ground, the
drivetrain components could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
with all four wheels on the
ground.
Caution
Dinghy Towing
Dolly Towing
(Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)
All-wheel-drive vehicles cannot be
towed with two wheels on the
ground. To properly tow these
vehicles, they should be placed on
a platform trailer with all four wheels
off of the ground.
Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles)
using a platform trailer with all four
wheels off the ground. Some
vehicles may be dolly towed. See
the following information on dolly
towing.
If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
while towing the vehicle, it could
be damaged. Never exceed
105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
the vehicle.
Caution
6. Release the parking brake.
5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's
instructions for preparing the
vehicle and dolly for towing.
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
3. Set the parking brake.
2. Shift to P (Park).
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
To tow the vehicle from the front
with the rear wheels on the ground:
Towing the Vehicle from
the Rear
333
Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the
vehicle towed from the rear.
Caution
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
Caution
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
Washing the Vehicle
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353.
Locks
Exterior Care
Appearance Care
334
(Continued)
Do not power wash any
component under the hood that
has this e symbol.
Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
Caution
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.
Caution (Continued)
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
Finish Care
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
This could cause damage that
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Caution (Continued)
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
Caution
335
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum, chrome,
or stainless steel. To prevent
damage always follow these
cleaning instructions:
. Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
. Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome,
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
. Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
. Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer
Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners
Ice scrapers or other hard items
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals, and stripes.
Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this
section.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Stripes
336
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.
Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.
Air Intakes
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
The vehicle may have a shutter
system designed to help increase
fuel economy. Keep the shutter
system clean for proper operation.
Shutter System
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
Tires
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates
may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 353.
Weatherstrips
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
(Continued)
Caution
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Caution (Continued)
337
Caution
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel
fuel door hinge, and power assist
step hinges, unless the components
are plastic. Applying silicone grease
Body Component Lubrication
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper attachment,
connections, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake
pads for wear and rotors for surface
condition. Inspect all other brake
parts for cracks and leaks.
Brake System
338
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Sheet Metal Damage
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or axles and
should be replaced.
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
Underbody Maintenance
on weatherstrips with a clean cloth
will make them last longer, seal
better, and not stick or squeak.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Finish Damage
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Before using cleaners, read and
follow all safety instructions on the
label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation.
Use cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces being cleaned to
prevent permanent damage. Apply
all cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
switches or controls. Remove
cleaners quickly.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
Interior Care
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
. Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface.
. Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
. Never rub any surface
aggressively or with too much
pressure.
. Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
create streaks and attract dirt.
Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.
. Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
339
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap.
Speaker Covers
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Caution
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
If necessary, use a commercial
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.
Interior Glass
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
To clean:
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is
being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as
possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
. For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
Coated Moldings
340
After cleaning, use a paper towel to
blot excess moisture.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Caution
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove
dirt that can scratch the surface.
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before
next use.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
Caution
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Caution
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Caution (Continued)
341
Do not bleach or dye seat belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Allow the webbing to dry.
{ Warning
Keep belts clean and dry.
Care of Seat Belts
Wash with warm water and mild
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.
Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
{ Warning
Floor Mats
342
Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and snap into
position.
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
mat to unlock each retainer
and remove.
The driver side floor mat is held in
place by two retainers.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 356
Maintenance Records
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Special Application Services
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 344
Maintenance Schedule
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 343
General Information
Service and
Maintenance
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
General Information
343
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Do not have chemical flushes that
are not approved by GM
performed on the vehicle. The
use of flushes, solvents, cleaners,
or lubricants that are not
approved by GM could damage
the vehicle, requiring expensive
repairs that are not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
Caution
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
Service and Maintenance
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services Normal are for vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 177.
. Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel (Gasoline) 0 231.
Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 255.
{ Warning
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.
Used for high speed or
competitive driving
The Additional Required Services Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather
. Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain
. Frequently towing a trailer
Service and Maintenance
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
344
Once a Month
. Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure
0 300.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection 0 306.
. Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 275.
At Each Fuel Stop
. Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 263.
Owner Checks and Services
Maintenance
Schedule
On vehicles with diesel engines, it is
recommended to drain the diesel
fuel filter of water when the oil is
changed or when the WATER IN
FUEL CONTACT SERVICE
message displays.
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
a year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 267.
Engine Oil Change
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 306.
. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system.
See Engine Oil 0 263 and
Engine Oil Life System 0 267.
. Check engine coolant level. See
Cooling System 0 270.
. Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid 0 275.
. Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care 0 334. Replace worn or
damaged wiper blades. See
Wiper Blade Replacement
0 280.
. Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure 0 300.
Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 268.
Inspect brake system. See
Exterior Care 0 334.
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care 0 334.
Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check 0 73.
Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care 0 334.
Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 279.
Visually check for fluid leaks.
Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 306.
345
Service and Maintenance
Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 279.
Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. If the hold
open ability is low, service the
gas strut. See Gas Strut(s)
0 281.
Check tire sealant expiration
date, if equipped. See Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit
0 315.
Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 52.
Service and Maintenance
346
12 00 0 km/ 7 , 5 0 0 mi
24 00 0 km/ 1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
36 00 0 km/ 2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
48 00 0 km/ 3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
60 00 0 km/ 3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
72 00 0 km/ 4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
84 00 0 km/ 5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
96 00 0 km/ 6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
10 8 000 km/ 6 7 , 5 0 0 mi
12 0 000 km/ 7 5 , 0 0 0 mi
13 2 000 km/ 8 2 , 5 0 0 mi
14 4 000 km/ 9 0 , 0 0 0 mi
15 6 000 km/ 9 7 , 5 0 0 mi
1 68 00 0 km/ 10 5 , 0 0 0 mi
180 000 km/ 11 2 , 5 0 0 mi
347
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
Replace brake fluid. (7)
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
1 92 00 0 km/ 12 0 , 0 0 0 mi
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6)
2 04 00 0 km/ 12 7 , 5 0 0 mi
2 28 00 0 km/ 14 2 , 5 0 0 mi
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5)
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4)
Diesel Engine Only: Replace fuel filter. (3)
Inspect evaporative control system. (2)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Drain the diesel fuel filter of water. (Diesel Only)
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
2 16 00 0 km/ 13 5 , 0 0 0 mi
Service and Maintenance
2 40 00 0 km/ 15 0 , 0 0 0 mi
Service and Maintenance
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 277.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 270.
(4) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(3) Or as indicated by the Driver
Information Center (DIC) or
two years whichever comes first.
The fuel filter may need to be
replaced more often based on
biodiesel usage, driving in climates
with severe dust, off-road driving,
or towing a trailer for extended
periods.
348
12 00 0 km/ 7 , 5 0 0 mi
24 00 0 km/ 1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
36 00 0 km/ 2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
48 00 0 km/ 3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
60 00 0 km/ 3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
72 00 0 km/ 4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
84 00 0 km/ 5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
15 6 000 km/ 9 7 , 5 0 0 mi
1 68 00 0 km/ 10 5 , 0 0 0 mi
180 000 km/ 11 2 , 5 0 0 mi
349
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
Replace brake fluid. (7)
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
1 92 00 0 km/ 12 0 , 0 0 0 mi
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6)
2 04 00 0 km/ 12 7 , 5 0 0 mi
2 28 00 0 km/ 14 2 , 5 0 0 mi
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5)
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
96 00 0 km/ 6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
10 8 000 km/ 6 7 , 5 0 0 mi
Change automatic transmission fluid.
12 0 000 km/ 7 5 , 0 0 0 mi
13 2 000 km/ 8 2 , 5 0 0 mi
14 4 000 km/ 9 0 , 0 0 0 mi
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4)
Diesel Engine Only: Replace fuel filter. (3)
Inspect evaporative control system. (2)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Drain the diesel fuel filter of water. (Diesel Only)
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
2 16 00 0 km/ 13 5 , 0 0 0 mi
Service and Maintenance
2 40 00 0 km/ 15 0 , 0 0 0 mi
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 277.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 270.
(4) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every oil change.
Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
0 334.
Special Application
Services
Service and Maintenance
(3) Or as indicated by the Driver
Information Center (DIC) or
two years whichever comes first.
The fuel filter may need to be
replaced more often based on
biodiesel usage, driving in climates
with severe dust, off-road driving,
or towing a trailer for extended
periods.
350
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
Battery
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
Brakes
Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.
Hoses
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353 for GM approved
fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Fluids
351
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
Shocks and Struts
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
. With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Lamps
Service and Maintenance
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
Vehicle Care
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Tires
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Windshield
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
. Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Wheel Alignment
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 339 and
Exterior Care 0 334.
Service and Maintenance
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
352
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
Wiper Blades
DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Fluid/Lubricant
Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 263.
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Engine Oil (Gasoline)
Hood and Door Hinges
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive)
Hydraulic Brake System
Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678).
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in
Canada 19299819).
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine oil meeting the dexos2 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos2 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 263.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl
353
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Cooling System 0 270.
Engine Oil (Diesel)
Engine Coolant
Diesel Exhaust Aftertreatment System Diesel Exhaust Fluid (GM Part No. 19286291, in Canada 88865751) or
diesel exhaust fluid that meets ISO 22241-1 or displays the API Diesel
Exhaust Fluid Certification Mark.
Automatic Transmission
Usage
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Service and Maintenance
Fluid/Lubricant
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Usage
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Windshield Washer
Service and Maintenance
12640445
2.0L L4 Gas Engine
1.5L L4 Gas Engine
Spark Plugs
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
1.6L L4 Diesel Engine
12673527
13508023
84186990
55588497
1.6L L4 Diesel Engine
Fuel Filter
12640445
23279657
GM Part Number
1.5L L4 Gas Engine
Engine Oil Filter
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Part
41-153
CF185
TP1016
PF64
PF2264G
PF64
A3226C
ACDelco Part Number
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Maintenance Replacement Parts
354
23368186
23353587
84215609
Passenger Side – 45.0 cm (17.7 in)
Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in)
12647827
GM Part Number
Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in)
Wiper Blades
2.0L L4 Gas Engine
Part
355
—
—
—
41-125
ACDelco Part Number
Service and Maintenance
Service and Maintenance
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Maintenance Records
356
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 360
Vehicle Data
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 358 for the vehicle's engine code.
Engine Identification
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Vehicle Identification
Technical Data
357
Production options and special
equipment
If there is no label, there is a
barcode on the certification label on
the center (B) pillar to scan for this
same information.
Paint information
There may be a label on the inside
of the glove box that contains the
following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
. Model designation
Service Parts
Identification Label
Technical Data
Technical Data
6.6 L
7.5 L
7.8 L
1.6L L4 Diesel Engine
2.0L L4 Gas Engine
5.0 L
5.7 L
4.7 L
1.6L L4 Diesel Engine
2.0L L4 Gas Engine AWD
2.0L L4 Gas Engine FWD
FWD
56.0 L
4.0 L
1.5L L4 Gas Engine FWD
Fuel Tank
5.0 L
1.5L L4 Gas Engine AWD
Engine Oil with Filter
Capacities
English
14.8 gal
5.0 qt
6.0 qt
5.3 qt
4.2 qt
5.3 qt
8.2 qt
7.9 qt
7.0 qt
For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Metric
1.5L L4 Gas Engine
Engine Cooling System
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Application
Capacities and Specifications
Vehicle Data
358
100 lb ft
140 Y
Wheel Nut Torque
1.6L L4 Diesel Engine
2.0L L4 Gas Engine
VIN Code
1.5L L4 Gas Engine
Engine
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Transmission
Engine Specifications
0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–
0.035 in)
—
0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–
0.028 in)
Spark Plug Gap
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
0.85 qt
15.6 gal
English
0.8 L
59.0 L
Metric
Capacities
Transfer Case Fluid
AWD
Application
Technical Data
359
Technical Data
1.6L L4 Diesel Engine
1.5L L4 Gas Engine
Engine Drive Belt Routing
360
2.0L L4 Gas Engine
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 364
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 364
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 368
Service Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Customer Information
Customer
Information
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 373
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 374
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
361
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
GMC. Normally, any concerns with
the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Customer Information
Customer Information
Customer Information
Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting GMC, remember
that your concern will likely be
resolved at a dealer's facility. That is
why we suggest following Step One
first.
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call
1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call
General Motors of Canada
Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
362
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to
enforce your rights.
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners : In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/
bbb-auto-line
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business Bureaus,
Inc.
3033 Wilson Blvd.
Suite 600
Arlington, VA 22201
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
Company wants you to be aware of
its participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada
Company has committed to binding
arbitration of owner disputes
involving factory-related vehicle
service claims. The program
provides for the review of the facts
involved by an impartial third party
arbiter, and may include an informal
hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the
entire dispute settlement process,
from the time you file your complaint
to the final decision, should be
completed in about 70 days. We
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
GMC encourages customers to call
the toll-free number for assistance.
However, if a customer wishes to
write or e-mail GMC, the letter
should be addressed to:
Customer Assistance
Offices
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada
Company
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
363
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gmc.ca
Canada
1-800-496-9994
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)
1-888-889-2438 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-888-881-3302
www.GMC.com
GMC Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33172
Detroit, MI 48232-5172
United States and Puerto Rico
Customer Information
Customer Information
The GMC online owner experience
is a one-stop resource that allows
interaction with GMC and keeps
important vehicle-specific
information in one place.
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.gmc.com
Online Owner Center
F : Chat live with online help
representatives.
Satellite radio (if equipped), and
OnStar account information (if
equipped).
H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 357.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
information.
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
locations, maps, phone numbers,
and hours.
D : Select a dealer and view
service records and self-recorded
service records.
I : View and print dealer-recorded
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment
available at its Customer Assistance
Center. Any TTY user in the U.S.
can communicate with GMC by
dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle
diagnostic information. Schedule
service appointments.
G : View maintenance schedules,
and view vehicle-specific how-to
videos.
E : Download owner’s manuals
Membership Benefits
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
Overseas
364
Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care
Sections.
Find the GMC-recommended
maintenance services for your
vehicle.
Download the owner’s manual
for your vehicle, quickly and
easily.
Locate resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
Access third party enthusiast
sites and social media networks.
Take a trip to the GMC Centre:
. Chat live with online help
representatives.
. Use the Vehicle Tools section.
GMC Centre (Canada) gmc.ca
See my.gmc.com to register your
vehicle.
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility Program. See www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.
For more information on the limited
offer, see www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle
Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle
Description of the problem
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number
. Telephone number of your
location
. Location of the vehicle
Calling for Assistance
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
Roadside Assistance
Program
365
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
Services Provided
General Motors North America and
GMC reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
GMC reserve the right to make any
changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle's powertrain
warranty.
Coverage
Customer Information
Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest GMC dealer for warranty
service, or if the vehicle was in a
crash and cannot be driven.
Assistance is not given when the
vehicle is stuck in the sand,
mud, or snow.
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
Customer Information
366
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are reasonable
and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being
delivered back to the customer,
up to 805 km (500 mi).
Legal fines
Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices
Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.
Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
started to qualify.
Pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders are required.
Once authorization has been
received, the Roadside
Assistance advisor will help to
make arrangements and explain
how to receive payment.
Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery
may be restricted. Propane and
other fuels are not provided
through this service.
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
Scheduling Service
Appointments
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Courtesy Transportation
Program
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.
367
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
customers arrange their own
transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Shuttle Service
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Transportation Options
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.
Customer Information
Customer Information
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair
are also your responsibility.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
368
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Damage Repair
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.
Additional Program
Information
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Collision Parts
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Repair Facility
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
Insuring the Vehicle
369
Owner name, address, and
telephone number
Vehicle license plate number
Gather the following information:
. Driver name, address, and
telephone number
. Driver license number
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 365.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
If a Crash Occurs
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
Customer Information
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
Insurance company and policy
number
General description of the
damage to the other vehicle
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? 0 79.
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
Vehicle make, model, and
model year
Customer Information
370
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Without Pouch: Owner’s
Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner’s Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner’s Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
Owner Information
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.
Service Manuals
Service Publications
Ordering Information
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Or write to:
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
Service and Owner publications are
available for many current and past
model year GM vehicles.
Current and Past Models
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Innovation, Science and Economic
Development (ISED) Canada's
RSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /
ICES-001.
Radio Frequency
Statement
371
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
Reporting Safety
Defects
Customer Information
Customer Information
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify
General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport
Canada at 1-800-333-0510;
go to:
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
372
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
GMC Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33172
Detroit, MI 48232-5172
Call 1-800-GMC-8782
(1-800-462-8782), or write:
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
Defect Investigations and
Recalls Division
80 Noel Street
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
or write to:
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
. How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
Event Data Recorders
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
373
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
OnStar
GM will not access these data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
Customer Information
Customer Information
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
Infotainment System
See OnStar Additional Information
0 381.
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
374
1-877-209-0079
Visit www.siriusxm.ca or calling
Canadian Customers:
1-877-447-0011
Visit www.siriusxm.com or calling
U.S.A. Customers:
l Explicit Language Notice — Channels with frequent explicit
language are indicated with an “XL” preceding the channel
name. Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM® Satellite
Radio receivers by notifying SiriusXM at;
l Co-location: This transmitter must not be co-located or
operated in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set
forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio
frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines. This equipment should be
installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or
more away from person’s body in normal use position.
l CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
!"#$%&' ()' *(+, ,-".,(#&' #(.' %/0)%&&12' "00)(3%+' 42' .!%' 0").2'
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
l FCC WARNING
WARNING
376
377
377
378
380
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
OnStar Additional Information
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OnStar Services
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
OnStar Overview
OnStar
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service,
and GPS satellite signals to be
available and operating. OnStar acts
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User
= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
OnStar Overview
375
= to:
Open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display. See the
infotainment manual for
information on how to use the
OnStar app.
Press
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region.
Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Off: System is active. Press Q
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor.
Red: Indicates a problem.
Flashing Green: On a call.
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar
OnStar
Receive a Diagnostic check of
the vehicle's key operating
systems.
Press Q to connect to an
Advisor to:
. Verify account information or
update contact information.
. Get driving directions.
Or
. Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
. Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped.
376
Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.
Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.
Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
7 to:
. Get help for an emergency.
Receive Roadside Assistance.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information during a
crisis.
Press > for a priority connection to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
emergency service providers, direct
them to your exact location, and
relay important information.
Emergency Services require an
active, OnStar service plan
(excludes Basic Plan). With
Automatic Crash Response, built-in
sensors can automatically alert a
specially trained OnStar Advisor
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
Emergency
OnStar Services
If equipped, if the doors are locked
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
notification by text, e-mail, or phone
call will be sent. If the vehicle is
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
Theft Alarm Notification
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar service plan.
If equipped, OnStar provides these
services:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
authorities quickly recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block,
if equipped, OnStar can block
the engine from being restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work
with law enforcement to
gradually slow the vehicle down.
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region. For some vehicles, press =
to open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display. For other
vehicles press = as follows.
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle.
1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.
Navigation
Security
377
2. Say “Repeat.” System
responds with the last direction
given, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Repeat
2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Route Preview
3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Cancel Route
OnStar
OnStar
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
download directions to the vehicle’s
navigation system, if equipped. After
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation
system.
Subscribers can have directions
sent to the vehicle’s navigation
screen, if equipped.
Send Destination to Vehicle
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination
378
The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
Ensuring Security
. Change the default passwords
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
myGMC mobile application.
Make these passwords different
from each other and use a
combination of letters, numbers,
and symbols to increase the
security.
. Change the default name of the
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your network’s name that
is visible to other wireless
devices. Choose a unique name
and avoid family names or
vehicle descriptions.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The following OnStar services help
with staying connected.
Connections
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s
Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
automatically to your mobile
3. To change the SSID or
password, press Q or call
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some
vehicles, the SSID and
password can be changed in
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
password, and on some
vehicles, the connection type
(no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent).
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
information, press = to open
the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then
select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some
vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or
Settings on the screen.
devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to
do so.
Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System.
Send destinations to the vehicle.
Locate the vehicle on a map
(U.S. market only).
Download the myGMC mobile app
to compatible Apple and Android
smartphones. GMC users can
access the following services from a
smartphone:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
with automatic locks.
. Activate the horn and lamps.
MyGMC Mobile App (If Available)
devices. Manage data usage by
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
mobile device, using the myGMC
mobile app, or by contacting an
OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles,
Wi-Fi can also be managed from the
Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
Locate a dealer and schedule
service.
Request roadside assistance.
Set a parking reminder with pin
drop, take a photo, make a note,
and set a timer.
Connect with GMC on social
media.
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.
Remote Services
An active OnStar service,
compatible device, factory-installed
remote start, and power locks are
required. Data rates apply. See
onstar.com for details and system
limitations.
For myGMC mobile app information
and compatibility, see my.gmc.com.
Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
on/off, manage settings, and
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.
379
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
Make a Call
Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes.
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region. For some vehicles, press =
to open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then select
Hands-Free calling. For other
vehicles press = as follows.
OnStar Hands-Free Calling
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
from restaurants and retailers on
your route, help locate hotels,
or book a room. These services
vary by market.
OnStar AtYourService
OnStar
OnStar
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
End a Call
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
Retrieve My Number
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”
3. Say “911” without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
Calling 911 Emergency
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds:
“OK, calling.”
380
Includes:
. Diagnostic Alerts: Set
preferences to receive real-time
e-mails, texts, or monthly
reports of the vehicle’s health.
Or press Q to have an Advisor
initiate a remote diagnostic
report.
By monitoring and reporting on the
vehicle’s key systems, OnStar
Advanced Diagnostics provides a
way to keep up on maintenance.
Capabilities vary by model. See
www.onstar.com for details and
system limitations. Message and
data rates may apply. Advanced
Diagnostics requires an active
OnStar paid subscription, e-mail
address on file, and enrollment in
Advanced Diagnostics.
Diagnostics
Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
Verify Minutes and Expiration
Dealer Maintenance Notification:
Have the vehicle notify your
preferred dealer when it is time
for maintenance. Your dealer will
then contact you to set up an
appointment.
To begin, press Q to speak to an
Advisor, or see www.onstar.com.
Proactive Alerts: Receive a
real-time e-mail or text message
regarding potential issues with
key vehicle components, such
as the battery, fuel system,
or starter system. Alerts for
potential issues appear on the
infotainment display. Proactive
Alerts are designed to help
predict specific types of issues
based on information collected
from the vehicle. Other factors
may affect vehicle performance.
Not all issues will deliver alerts.
In some cases, a dealer service
check may be required to
confirm the accuracy of the
alerts.
.
With the OnStar Basic Plan,
every 60 days.
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
Press Q to set up an account.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
OnStar, General Motors, and their
affiliates are not insurance
providers. Obtain insurance only
from licensed insurance providers.
OnStar Smart Driver provides
information about driving behavior to
help maximize overall vehicle
performance, reduce wear and tear,
and enhance fuel efficiency. An
Insurance Discounts Eligibility
feature is also offered within OnStar
Smart Driver. See www.onstar.com
for details regarding vehicle
eligibility and system limitations.
OnStar Smart Driver
OnStar Additional
Information
After change in ownership and
at 90 days.
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
How OnStar Service Works
Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain OnStar
service options.
Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.
Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.
Transferring Service
381
Press Q to speak with an
Advisor.
Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
services. Service involving location
Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,
Remote Services, Roadside
Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar User Terms,
Privacy Statement, and Software
Terms:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
OnStar
OnStar
Q to help:
Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.
Press
Advisors provide services to help
Subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Services for People with
Disabilities
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 371.
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar services may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or
jamming — may prevent service.
382
Provide directions to the closest
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.
A PIN is needed to access some
OnStar services. The PIN will need
to be changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
TTY Users
Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.
Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not been started for
five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
to help gain access to the vehicle.
Potential Issues
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.
Languages
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.
Warranty
In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
Cellular reception is required for
OnStar to send remote signals to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
or near the antenna to prevent
blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.
around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 251. Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the
operation of the OnStar system and
cause it to not operate.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Vehicle and Power Issues
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
383
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes
may enhance or maintain safety,
security, or the operation of the
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
tags, saved navigation destinations,
or pre-set radio stations. Neither
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or
settings. These updates or changes
may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy
statement or separately disclosed at
the time of installation. These
updates or changes may also cause
a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to
collect information about vehicle
system status, identify whether
updates or changes are available,
or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar
OnStar
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with
OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press Q to speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.
Privacy
consent to these software updates
or changes and agreement that
either OnStar or GM may remotely
deliver them to the vehicle.
384
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
All rights reserved.
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, .
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
libcurl:
www.onstar.com/us/en/
libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see http://
opensource.lge.com/index
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
definitive version of this document
should be available at ftp://
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
unzip:
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary
or disabled.
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
385
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
OnStar
OnStar
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
386
Index
About Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 2
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 251
Additional Information
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 268
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .158, 160
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 80
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
387
Airbag System (cont'd)
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 76
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Passenger Status Indicator . . . 124
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Alert
Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 227
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .205, 279
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 205
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Assistance Systems for
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 218
Index
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
California
Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .254, 278, 327,
Back Cover
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Battery
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Battery - North America . . . .278, 327
Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 280
Brake
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 127
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 181
Bulb Replacement
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 283
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 284
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Index
Automatic
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
388
Cargo
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 104
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Charging
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 125
Check
Engine Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 88
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98, 100
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 158
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . 237
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 368
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 315
Connections
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Control Light
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Coolant
Engine Temperature Gauge . . 122
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158, 160
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 368
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Data Collection
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 374
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 373
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Diagnostics
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Diesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . 27, 194
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Cruise Control (cont'd)
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 370
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
389
Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 193
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Door
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 360
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 205, 279
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 217
Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Driving
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 223
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 26
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 175
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 177
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Index
Index
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 206
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 128
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 285
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Emergency
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Check Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 258
Driving (cont'd)
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
390
Engine (cont'd)
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 193
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Engines
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 373
Exhaust Fluid
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 149
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Features
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Replacement (Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 152
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 268
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Diesel Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 225
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 62
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 283
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . 237
Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . 241, 243
Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 132
Requirements, California . . . . . 232
Running out of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Water in Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
What to Use in Canada and
Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
What to Use in the U.S. . . . . . . 233
Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . 233
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 285
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Fuses (cont'd)
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
391
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 152
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 133
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 151
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 133
Heated
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158, 160
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 175
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 211
Index
Index
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 29
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Indicator
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 50
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 129
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 208
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158, 160
392
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 295
Lamps
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 151
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Malfunction Indicator
(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 227
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 229
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 129
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 153
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 127
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Check Engine (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) . . . 132
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 128
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 131
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 151
Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 129
Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Lights (cont'd)
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 123
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Service Electric Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Wait to Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 132
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 344
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 125
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Messages
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 50
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
393
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 267
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 86
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 364
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Navigation
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Mode (cont'd)
Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Index
Index
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Parking
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 279
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 191
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 218
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 80
OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Operation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 370
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
394
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 371
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 218
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 110
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 255
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 188
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 73
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 372
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 367
Proposition
65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . .254, 278, 327,
Back Cover
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 331
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 86
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 372
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 372
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 367
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 360
Running out of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Seat Belts (cont'd)
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 74
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 73
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 62
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 58
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 57
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Securing Child Restraints . . . 98, 100
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 158
395
Service (cont'd)
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 255
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 356
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 357
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 367
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 227
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Special Application Services . . . . 350
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Index
Index
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Storage Areas
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 104
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Struts
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 374
396
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 364
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 47
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 302
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 301
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
System (cont'd)
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Tires (cont'd)
Sealant and Compressor
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Terminology and Definitions . . 298
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 312
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 245
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 245
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 331
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 251
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Traction
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 357
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 310
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 145
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 251
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Wait to Start Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 229
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Water in Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle (cont'd)
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 129
Vehicle Care
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 321
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
397
What Fuel to Use in Canada
and Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
What Fuel to Use in the U.S. . . . 233
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 312
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 92
Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 280
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Index


---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 399
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:32fac7e9-38ed-11e7-0000-aa2761432147
Producer                        : GPL Ghostscript 9.05
Keywords                        : ()
Modify Date                     : 2017:05:11 23:34:33+02:00
Create Date                     : 2017:05:11 23:34:33+02:00
Creator Tool                    : PDFCreator Version 1.3.2
Document ID                     : uuid:32fac7e9-38ed-11e7-0000-aa2761432147
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : 18_GMC_Terrain_IM_U_en_US_23465188A_2017APR12_HI_ FCC DRAFT Rev.pdf
Creator                         : HjijIma
Description                     : ()
Author                          : HjijIma
Subject                         : 

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools